Produced by Juliet Sutherland, Stephen Schulze and the PG Online
Distributed Proofreaders Team






_The Library of Work and Play_

GARDENING AND
FARMING

BY ELLEN EDDY SHAW

1911

COPYRIGHT, 1911

THIS BOOK IS DEDICATED TO THE REAL BOYS OF THIS
REAL CLUB AND TO THE GIRLS WHO ARE
JUST AS GOOD AS BOYS




CONTENTS


PART I--THE GARDEN CLUB

CHAPTER

      I. The Garden Club

     II. The Boys' Garden Difficulties

    III. The Girls' Secret

     IV. Garden Experiments Performed Indoors

      V. The Work Shop End of the Garden

     VI. What the Girls Made Winter Evenings

    VII. Improving the School Grounds

   VIII. Myron's Strawberry Bed

     IX. Jack's All-Round Garden

      X. Albert and Jay's Drainage Problem

     XI. George's Cabbage Troubles

    XII. Peter, Potatoes and Profit

   XIII. Philip's Backyard

    XIV. The Corn Contest

     XV. The Girls' Secret Work

    XVI. More About the Girls' Work

   XVII. The Girls' Winter Work

  XVIII. The Grand Wind-Up--Girls vs. Boys


PART II.--THE CHIEF'S GARDEN TALKS

CHAPTER

     I. The Soil

    II. Plant Food

   III. Seeds

    IV. The Plant Itself

     V. Increasing Plants

    VI. Garden Operations

   VII. Common Weeds

  VIII. Garden Pests

    IX. Vegetable Culture

     X. Flower Culture

    XI. The Wild-Flower Garden

   XII. Landscape Gardening

  XIII. How Boys and Girls Can Make Money from Their Gardens



ILLUSTRATIONS

    Dee's Garden Was a "Lovesome Thing" _Frontispiece_

    The Way The Chief Taught His Boys to Handle Tools

    Jay's Tile Drain Converted a Swamp into a Garden

    Philip's Backyard Made Beautiful by Annuals and Quick-growing Vines

    The Bulb Story

    Constant Cultivation of the Soil Saved George's Cabbages

    Jack's Rake Handle as a Measuring Stick

    Albert Sowing Large Seeds Singly

    Elizabeth Sowing Small Seed from the Package

    Myron Transplanting His Long-rooted Strawberry Plants

    Katharine Transplanting Her Flowers by a Method of Lifting




PART I--THE GARDEN CLUB




I

THE GARDEN CLUB


The door opened. A gust of wind and rain literally swept five boys, wet
and breathless, into the room. The man at the big oak table in front of
a huge open fire looked up, smiled, and said, "Off with your duds, boys!
Bar the door securely, Jay, for it's a wild night. Throw a fresh log on
the fire, Albert. And all line up."

For a few moments the big cheerful room seemed full of wriggling,
twisting boys as great coats were pulled off and hung up carefully on
pegs at the far end of the room. It was a rule here at The Chief's home
that things should always be shipshape. Then the "line up" came. This
was a little ceremony the boys always went through, having dropped into
it quite of their own accord. They formed a line in front of the open
fire with backs to it and faces toward the man. Then they solemnly
saluted in military style. At this The Chief arose, saluted, and by a
wave of the hand assigned each boy to his place at the table.

This little group of boys had formed itself naturally into a club. It
met with The Chief every Saturday night. He was really no chief, this
big, boy-loving man who had come to spend a while in this little country
village, to rest and to write. The boys had named him The Chief because,
as Albert said, "He could lead any tribe and tame any savage." At this
Albert always laughed for he himself had been called a savage so many
times he almost believed he was one.

The boys dropped into their places. Jay, or the "Little Chief" as the
boys called him, sat opposite the Big Chief at the end of the table and
right in front of the fire. He was slim and tall and light of foot. He
could run faster, throw farther, and play better than any other boy in
the village. He always led, he never bullied, he played fair, so the
other boys always followed.

Albert, Jay's brother, big and heavy and as full of mischief as he could
hold, took his place at The Chief's right hand. Albert called this his
place of honour although knowing full well that he was there so The
Chief might have him within reach. Next to Albert came George,
frank-faced and bashful, sturdy and loyal. Opposite him red-headed,
stubby Peter sat always on the edge of his chair, always with a bit of
a smile on his face, never talking much, always agreeing good-naturedly.
Beside Peter and at The Chief's left was Jack, who wriggled constantly
like a young eel.

After the boys were seated and quiet, The Chief pushed back his work, a
plan of his summer's garden, leaned back in his chair and said, "I think
first we had better take up your reports." Then he pointed at Jay who
began: "Well, when Albert and I asked father for a piece of the garden
for our very own to work exactly as we pleased this summer, with no
questions asked or answered, he laughed. He said that Albert wouldn't
stick to it a day."

"I will, just the same," shouted out Albert quite red in the face.

"Just keep out of this, Savage, until I get through."

The man laid a restraining hand on Albert's arm and Jay continued: "But
I begged father, and told him we'd always worked for him, and he might
let us try for ourselves. Besides, I told him we'd not shirk his work.
So finally he said we each could have the ten hills in the corn patch
for the experiment, just as you wished. And then--"

"And then," broke in Albert, unable longer to contain himself, "what do
you think he gave us? It's just no use trying, for he gave us an old
piece of land below the barn. It's a regular old swamp; why, water
stands there the whole spring long, and it takes half the summer to dry
it out. Then it gets hard as a brick. Now what is the use of trying on
that?"

"We'll take it just the same, and so we told father," continued Jay. "We
have just got to make that old land do something."

The Chief nodded and pointed to George for his report. "Same here,"
began George. "My father wouldn't listen at all at the first; then he
said I might have the hills of corn. He threw in also an old side slope
which he thinks is too poor for any use." George sank back in his chair
in a quite dejected manner.

It was now Jack's turn. "You see," he began at his lightning rate, "we
haven't much land anyway, seeing as we live in the village. I can have
the backyard, such as it is, but that's precious little use. It's never
been used for a garden, and it's full of rock. One of our neighbours
says I may have a piece of her corn patch for my corn, if I'll take care
of hers, too. Of course I took her offer. Just had to."

Peter took his turn last, as usual. "We have no place at our home; too
much lawn, and mother will not have it cut up. Grandfather said I might
have any place I wanted in his garden if I'd really care for it myself."

"My!" said Albert, "what a snap! Your grandfather has the best garden
land around here. You'll win The Chief's five dollars for the best
garden; you just can't help yourself. I'd like to punch you, Peter, for
having such luck."

Peter smiled a little more broadly. "Fin sorry the garden's so good, but
I can't help it."

"It's all right, Peter," began The Chief; "after all, boys, I believe we
are not having such bad luck. Cheer up! We are going to surprise those
fathers of yours, and have a good time out of it, too. Jay and Albert
have a big problem of draining; George has simply got to put that sandy
slope in shape; it looks as if Jack would have to fill in for his
garden; and Peter--well, some of you may beat Peter yet."

At this last Peter smiled, Jack skilfully tumbled him off his chair and
Albert gave a war whoop. The Chief called his meeting to order again.

"And now, boys, I shall see you each one separately about your garden
problems. Remember, not a word at home, for we are going to surprise the
people. And at our next regular meeting, and at all others this winter
we shall have reports on the manner in which you are going to get at
your work and the way in which you will beat conditions. In this way we
can keep track of each other's work. We must make our plans, too, on
paper, which will help out. We have catalogues to write for, garden
stakes to make, and no end of things will come up. But first you boys
ought to understand a bit more than you do about the soil. It is a
storehouse of good things. Knowledge of the soil is a key to this
storehouse.

"We can roughly divide the soil into three classes and call these sand,
clay, and humus. The ideal soil has all three of these elements in it.
Sandy soil is made up, as the name itself really tells, of broken up
rock masses. One can tell this sort of soil by its lightness and the
ease with which a mass of it drops apart. By the word lightness one does
not mean colour or weight, but looseness. A clay soil may be told by its
stickiness; its power to form lumps or masses; its tendency to crack and
bake under the hot sun. Such a soil is called heavy. Humus soil is made
up largely of decayed animal and vegetable matter. Its presence is told
by a dark, rich colour.

"In trying to improve the soil we are dealing with, we have first to
think of its physical, and second, its chemical condition.

"The great needs of the soil are air and water. Just think of all soils
as made up of many particles; let us say like a lot of marbles, one
placed upon another. Each given mass of particles has a given air space
between every particle. Again, if a marble is dipped in water a film of
water remains on it a short time. Let us think of the particles as
always having a film of water on them. Then, as roots and root-hairs of
plants strike down among these they find the two necessities, air and
water.

"Now sand is very loose and so lets the water drain down through it too
rapidly. How shall we improve a sandy soil? Just add something to bind
the loose sand particles together. Humus is good for this binding
purpose.

"Clay absorbs much water. Then its particles squeeze tightly together
and so air is shut out. Add sand to clay soils, to lighten them.

"Humus soil is very rich in nitrogen. This brings us to the chemical
side of soils. There are many chemicals in soils which act as foods to
plants, but only three are the essentials. If these cannot be unlocked
from the soil, or are lacking, they must be supplied. These plant foods
are nitrogen, potash, and phosphorus.

"The chief source of nitrogen is manure; of potash, nitrate or sulphate
of potash, and wood ashes; of phosphorus, bone ash or phosphates. How
can you tell when one of these is lacking? Well, first it is well to
know what each one does for a plant. Nitrogen makes fine, green, sturdy
growth of leaf and stalk; phosphorus helps blossoming plants; while
potash makes plump fruit. If foliage looks sickly then nitrogen is
needed. If one wishes a good growth of leaves, as in lettuce, nitrogen
is needed. If the fruit is small and poor, supply potash; while if the
flower and stalk need better growth, add phosphorus.

"Be careful in adding nitrogen. Nitrogen is the plant food which is most
easily lost out of the soil. Study the soil you are dealing with, supply
if possible what it lacks, and try to unlock to your seedlings the
goodness already in the garden soil."

The interesting talk ended.

"Couldn't we meet oftener than just Saturdays?" questioned Jack.

"We'll see; it all depends upon how much work there is. Possibly we may
have to meet Fridays, too, later on, for you have no lessons that
night. Anything more, boys, before the popcorn?"

"I'd like to know," asked Peter, "if my cousin Philip, who comes from
the city to grandfather's to spend almost every Saturday and Sunday, may
join us too. He wants to fix up his city backyard and doesn't know how
to begin."

"Bring him along next Saturday. We'll be glad to have him, shan't we,
boys?"

"Don't know," blurted out Albert, "it's our club."

"Keep quiet, Albert. Let him in as long as he behaves and works. Isn't
that right?" asked Jay.

"Yes," answered George and Jack.

"Then, boys, we'll have Jack's report next week, as his problem is not
so difficult. If Jay and Albert drop in some day from school they shall
have a book which will help them, and George needs one, too."

At this point Albert dropped off his seat in mock alarm murmuring as he
fell, "Worse, much worse than school!" George dropped a heavy book on
top of him to add to his comfort.

The Chief went on as if nothing had happened. "Jack and Peter, shell and
pop the corn, George and Jay, crack the nuts. And you, Albert, run to
the cellar for the apples. Get good ones, young man."

"Why," questioned Albert, as he picked himself up, "why must poor
Albert always do the hard work, while the other fellows stay by the warm
fire?" No one answered him and he slowly marched off.

Soon the corn was popped, the nuts cracked and the big red apples on
deck. And then it was a quiet room save for the snapping of a shell from
a half-cracked nut, and the munching of the firm apples as the boys ate.
The firelight played softly over the old room bringing out strongly the
big oak table, the group of boys, the silent man, throwing far back into
the shadows the old rush-bottomed chairs, the short-legged rockers and
the pieces of furniture at all distant from the fire.

The clock struck nine. The boys reluctantly got up from the floor and
struggled into their coats. Jay unbarred the door. The man held the
light high above his head sending a stream of light after them, George
astride his old farm horse ready for his three-mile ride, Jay and Albert
trudging after him, and Jack and Peter hand in hand on a run toward the
village.

"Good-night!" they shouted back at the man, "We'll be on time next
Saturday night, seven sharp. Good-night!"




II

THE BOYS' GARDEN DIFFICULTIES


"It's fine to see you back, Myron," began The Chief, looking at a big,
good looking fellow, who had dropped quietly into his place by George.
"Are you here for all the time, now?"

"Yes," replied Myron, "I got tired of the town and am glad enough to be
back again."

"We are just as glad as you are. Is Philip here for Sunday?"

Philip wriggled happily beside Peter and said nothing. For Peter had
impressed Philip with the fact that he must keep quiet for it wasn't
very much his club anyway.

"There is business up for discussion, and two applications," began The
Chief.

"Applications!" broke in Albert. "May we have those first?"

"If you can't keep still," retorted Jay, "you'll get applications all
right, but of quite another sort."

The Chief passed two letters to George. George stood up, swallowed hard,
for he was a bashful lad, and began. "'Will the Junior Garden Club give
suggestions and practical help for the improvement of the Oldfield
Centre School Grounds?' Signed 'The Teacher.'"

"Crickey!" said Albert. "That's white in her! Expert advice! I guess we
will!"

"What shall we do about this?" asked The Chief.

"We just ought to do it, I think," began Jack. "There surely is no other
public-spirited club in this place."

"Just so," murmured Peter.

"We ought now to have a secretary for the club, and a chairman, too. I
believe to-night is the time to vote for these officers," suggested The
Chief. "Suppose Jack and Philip tear up slips of paper and pass them.
Then Myron and George collect, and count the ballots. We should vote for
chairman first."

"What does the chairman have to do?" asked Myron.

"A chairman always calls a meeting to order and presides," answered the
man.

For a few minutes they were all very busy with paper and pencil. The
results were given by Myron.

"Jay has all the votes for chairman. Albert has four for secretary, and
so I suppose we'll have to have him."

Albert, nothing daunted, said, "I guess you will, but I write like a
hen."

"That's right, you do," chimed in Jack to Albert's apparent annoyance.

"Now, Jack, call your meeting to order and let's have these matters
voted on."

"Come to order all of you. What shall we do about this school-ground
business?"

"I vote," began Myron.

"Stand on your feet," advised Jay.

"I vote--"

"No, Myron," corrected The Chief, "move--not vote."

"I move, then, that we fix up those grounds."

"Who seconds this?" and Jay looked hard at George.

"I will," he responded.

"I'm not sure, now," appealed Jay to The Chief, "I'm not sure just how
to go on."

"It's this way--it has been moved and seconded that this request be
granted. All in favour say 'aye'; all contrary minded 'no'. It is a
vote." Jay repeated this and the boys voted, Albert, as usual, voting
"no," just for fun.

"Now, if George will read the second letter-----"

"I should think," Jack half questioned, "that the secretary should read
things, now we have a secretary."

"So he should, hand those papers over, George."

George, delighted, gave place to Albert, who stumblingly read. "We girls
wish to garden, too. We'd like to join your club. We can do just as good
work as boys. Will you take us in?"

"Not much!" went on Alfred just as if he were still reading, "Girls in
our club, no siree, girls never!"

"Girls might do something," began Myron.

"But," Jack broke in, "they'd after all spoil a boys' club. Why, it
wouldn't be a boys' club then."

"They might have one of their own," suggested Peter.

"And do different things," continued Philip.

"I really don't see," Jay went on, "quite how we could have them. But, I
suppose, they might meet with The Chief and we could help them
sometimes."

"No," said Albert, "we don't wish to get mixed up with that sort of
thing. They'd run the whole club in the end."

"That's right," agreed George.

This was put to vote properly and the girls were barred out.

"You must write them a letter, Albert," concluded Jay.

"Write a letter! A letter to those girls! Never!"

"Yes you will; you are the secretary and you have to, understand," said
Jay. Poor Albert, not long before so proud of his office, looked as if
he'd rather be whipped than be the secretary.

"The real business to-night is to hear reports so we can do a little
experimenting and testing next week," suggested the man.

"All right, we'll have George's first."

"I shall, of course," began George, "plant my corn, Country Gentleman,
in with father's. We have plenty of seed corn, so I shall not have to
buy any. As far as my old slope goes I have to pick all the stone off.
Then I am not sure just how to drain it, for the rains from another
slope above wash it all the spring and summer. I shall then put some
barnyard manure on and plant it all to corn. Of course, I must plough
and harrow it, too."

"Now," said The Chief, "I guess we'd better stop right here and have a
little talk, for George has brought up some problems for discussion. In
the first place--let us consider the draining. All George has to
consider is that he has to conduct or lead the water off his land."

"But," said George, "that is what seems to me difficult."

"Have you noticed how water takes definite courses down hills? That
ought to give you some help."

"I see," cried Jack, "George could make gutters for the rain to travel
along and so lead the water off his garden."

"Exactly, Jack has the idea. It is really a bit of engineering. Suppose
George finds the highest point, the greatest slope, of his land. From
this point a gutter or furrow should be dug so that the water is made to
flow off and away from his land."

"How deep shall I dig the gutter?"

"Dig it about three feet deep and fill stones right into this gutter.
Two feet of stone in the gutter is about right. Water falling on a stone
mass drains off properly. It would sink into an earth mass. Bring a
little sketch of this with you next week, George, showing where you are
going to dig the drain. Now boys, how much fertilizer do you think ought
to go on this poor land of George's?"

"I was going to put on two inches," said George.

"I should think he ought to put at least four inches on," half
questioned Myron.

"I'll say eight," began Philip. The boys shouted at this.

"Philip," went on the man after the laughter ceased, "is very nearly
right. If George wishes to get anything from this old land at once, he
must fertilize it heavily. If your father can spare a foot of fertilizer
put it on." The boys all whistled.

"Now about the corn! Did you know, George, that corn is a most
exhaustive crop?"

"I don't even know what you mean."

"I do," said Jack, "he means corn tires the soil."

"Just so," continued The Chief, "the soil supplies food to the plant.
Some crops use up more of the soil's goodness than others. Corn is one
of these. Now, George, what do you think about planting a crop that
works the soil very hard, especially when the soil you are dealing with
is rather poor?"

"It wouldn't be the best thing, I should say. Will you suggest good
things to plant?"

"Well, potatoes, tomatoes and cabbage demand less from the soil."

"Then I choose cabbage, I'll plant that entire old slope to cabbage."

"Now, Jack, suppose you talk."

"I have decided to build a coldframe, so I can get a little earlier
start with my plants; I suppose I should have begun this frame last
fall. I know this--that I have to dig out my whole garden spot and fill
it in. So I thought I could get a start with the coldframe while I was
working at filling in. I have decided to plant lettuce, radish, beets,
tomatoes, peppers and some flowers. I think I shall plant asters, stock
and sunflowers."

"Why sunflowers?" asked Philip.

"I want the seed for my squirrel's feed next winter. Then, too, I think
sunflowers make a pretty nice background for a garden."

"If you wish to drop in to see me before the next week's meeting we'll
have plans for the coldframe worked out to explain to the boys then. You
measure the space where you are going to put the frame and ask your
father about the lumber. As lumber is your father's business, I should
almost think you could get us some soft wood, say white-wood, for our
stakes and markers," suggested The Chief.

"Of course, I can," promised Jack.

"Now Peter," said Jay.

"My garden is to be just potatoes."

"Peter and potatoes!" jeered Albert. "Oh, Peter!"

"I don't care, I'm for potatoes and profit."

"Peter always does make money. So I suppose his potatoes will turn into
money, too," volunteered Philip.

"My stunt," said Myron next, "is to be strawberries. I want to raise
strawberries. Mr. Marsh, on the Longmeadow Farm, has offered to give me
some plants. I'll do the corn stunt; aren't you going to, Pete?"

"Of course, that was understood, and Philip will have his corn at
grandfather's too, for a city backyard is no place for corn."

"Now, Albert, you may talk for both of us," said Jay.

"Our land has to be drained, but it is not exactly the same proposition
that George has. Water stands on our land. We had thought of putting a
drain pipe in. It seems as if there should be an easier way, but we
don't know one," Albert stopped and looked at The Chief, who leaned back
in his chair and thought a minute.

"I guess, boys, we had better stop and talk over the matter of drainage.
There are three kinds of drains, namely: the open drain, the blind
drain, and the tile drain. Each one has worked out of the other. The
simplest sort and the one man first used is the open ditch. A piece of
land was covered with water. A ditch was dug through the land at the
place or places where water was standing. Usually a little stone is
thrown into the bottom to help drain the water off.

"Such a drain put out of use quite a bit of land. So partly because of
this a second sort of drain was worked out. A good body of stone was put
into the drain, then earth filled in over this. Water percolating down
through the soil followed along these drainage courses. Formerly it
settled in spots and made boggy land. Finally a more systematic sort of
drain developed from this last one. Instead of a body of stone, a drain
tile was placed on the bottom of the trench.

"Straight off you boys can see which one of these three represents the
best all around drain. Out in the country or where there is no need to
think of utilizing every bit of land, the open drain is often seen. But
where every bit of land must be used, the open drain is out of the
question.

"All drains come under the head of one of these three types. After all,
boys, since you can put in the tile drain would it not be wiser to do
so?"

"Surely," answered Albert. "But I should think soil which has been under
water for some time, as this has, would be a bit poor."

"In case you find the soil is sour, as it may be, you can sweeten it
up. There is a certain farm sweetener in lime," added The Chief.

"We shall plant on our land onions, peas, and tomatoes." continued
Albert. "We believe that the soil is going to be especially good for
onions."

"I guess I shall have to break in again right here. Onions need a fine,
rich, deep soil. To be sure moist soil is good for certain varieties of
onions. That is why, I imagine, you thought your soil good. You must get
this soil into better garden condition before you devote it to a crop
like onions. Try a general vegetable garden this season. Work out the
crop value of the soil.

"Philip, do you know what you are going to do?"

"I know that I have everything to do. I thought perhaps I should do
something like this. We want that old backyard to be really pretty. The
yard is a long narrow strip of land just like most city backyards. I
thought I'd make a walk straight through it. I want a little fish pond
at the end. I thought I'd lay out a few flower beds with paths in
between them. Mother says she will buy me a few shrubs."

"I say, Chief, don't you think some of us might go up to the city and
help Philip make the cement pond?" asked Albert eagerly.

"We might," murmured Jay, "if we get invited."

"Boys, it's late. We know a little of what our stunts are to be. Next
week each of you bring about fifty seeds of each kind you intend to
plant. Be able to tell just how these seeds should be planted. Also have
the dimensions of your plots. Jack will bring some soft wood along, too.
And Philip, find out, if possible just how much money you can have for
shrubs. Now on with your coats! Out of my house in two seconds!"

"No food to-night is a sad blow, Chief," said Albert pretending to weep
as he opened the outside door.

"This blow is sadder," replied Jack, playfully shoving Albert clean out
of the door.




III

THE GIRLS' SECRET


A very timid little knock roused The Chief from his study of Jack's
coldframe plans. The outer door gently opened and three little girls
entered and advanced to where the man sat. One, the smallest of the
three, was thrust forward as spokesman. Gathering herself together she
began with a rush. She thrust a letter into The Chief's hands.

"This is the boys' horrid letter. We don't care particularly about
belonging to a boys' club. We wouldn't now, any way. But we'd like to
show those boys a thing or two and we thought perhaps you would help us.
Will you?"

"Sit down, and we will work out a little plot together. But first tell
me your names. I like to know the names of people with whom I plot."

The girls came close to the man. The spokesman did the introducing. "I
am Delia, Peter's sister, and just as smart as he is. This," pointing to
a quiet, pleasant-faced girl, "is Ethel. And the other is Jack's sister,
Elizabeth."

"How many more girls belong to this company?"

"They are all outside waiting, I'll call them in if you say so. They are
behind the lilac bushes. You see we were afraid some of the boys might
come to see you, so we hid. For we don't wish them to know about this at
all. I'll call the girls in now." So Delia ran to the door, held it wide
open, and called "Come girls, he wants to meet you!"

"Come right in, girls. This one," pointing to a girl with light hair and
bright eyes, "is Eloise. Her father keeps the Inn. And this is
Josephine, who has no yard at all; and Helena who has plenty of ground;
and this," with a grand flourish, "this is the judge's daughter,
Katharine."

"I hate," said Katharine, "always being labelled; I think it's pretty
hard on a girl to be tagged this way."

"If you'll sit down," began The Chief--"although there are not chairs
enough--we'll get right down to business."

And then how they talked! Closer and closer they drew up to The Chief
until the eight heads were so close together they seemed almost one huge
head. Finally they all shouted with laughter.

"Not a word outside, mind you, not one word. Prove that girls can keep a
secret."

"We solemnly promise," said Katharine for the others.

"Look," cried Elizabeth, "there comes Jack; what shall we do?"

"Out this way," quietly replied the man, almost sweeping seven happy
little girls out of the door. "Now, cut and run." And off they scampered
over the fields.




IV

GARDEN EXPERIMENTS PERFORMED INDOORS


"The meeting is called to order," began Jay. "To-night, so The Chief
says, each fellow has some special thing to talk about. Albert will have
an accident with that bottle unless he begins right off, so tune up,
Savage."

"This bottle is full of vinegar. I might have brought a lemon or
anything else acid. This blue paper is called litmus paper. I got it at
the drug store for ten cents. Just look right here, and you will see
magic worked. I shall put some vinegar on this piece of paper. See!"

"Turned red as quick as scat!" said Jack.

"Litmus will always turn red when any acid gets on it. I've tried
several acids at home. It works every time," went on Albert as if no one
else had spoken.

"I cannot see what this has to do with gardens." began Philip.

"Now you keep quiet until I finish. Haven't you fellows heard your
fathers talk about sour ground? Well, that means acid soil."

"Why, we have a piece of ground, where sorrel grows thick; father says
that is sour," added George.

"Just a minute, Albert," broke in The Chief; "that is one way, George,
that farmers tell a sour bit of land. Weeds grow thickly over such
ground, but as George has said, sorrel is likely to predominate. Go on,
Albert."

"Any soil may be tested with this litmus. The Chief calls this the
scientific way of going at it. I was able to get a little soil from our
future garden plot, and I'll find out right now if it's acid." Albert
opened a small box which was full of soil that looked quite clayey. He
wet a piece of litmus and buried it in the soil.

"We'll have to leave this a few minutes, and I'll finish what I have to
say. If soil is very acid it has to be changed back again."

"Back again to what?" asked Jack.

"Why, back again, so it isn't acid," Albert continued, decidedly
confused.

"I'll help you a bit," and The Chief came to the rescue, "Get that big
bottle over there, Albert." Albert brought the bottle. In it was a
liquid clear as water.

"Taste it, Peter," and The Chief handed Peter a little in a small glass.

"Why it doesn't taste like much of anything; sort of flat."

"That's it exactly, Peter. It certainly is not an acid, is it?" Peter
shook his head. "It is lime water and does not belong in the acid class,
but to one which is exactly opposite to the acids, the alkalies. Soils
ought to be neither acid nor alkaline, but neutral, as it is called. An
alkali will help make neutral an acid. If the soil is acid it is bad for
your crop. Put a little lime water on the litmus which the acid has
turned red."

Albert did this and the boys watched interestedly to see the effect.
"Back again," sang out Jack as the red litmus changed to blue.

"Now from this you see a way to overcome the acid conditions of Albert's
piece of land, if it proves to be acid."

"I see," said Jack, "lime it."

"Exactly! Now see, Albert, if the paper has changed colour."

"My, I should say it had!" and Albert held up the piece of litmus paper,
now quite red from its contact with the soil.

"Well, Albert, it is pretty plain to see what you have to do. Did you
find out the amount of lime to use?"

"In the book I read it said for clay soils 400-2000 pounds per acre."

"I should say," said The Chief, "for that special piece of land use
about 20 bushels to the acre."

"How many pounds of lime," asked Jack, "to the bushel?"

"I can answer," grandly went on Albert, "there are 70 pounds to the
bushel. So that makes 1400 pounds."

"Quite a proposition!" said Jay.

"Yes, but your land is only a half acre and so that changes matters a
little. How much is lime a bushel, Jack? Ask your father, will you?"

"I think," said The Chief, "that we'll have to lay a drain pipe through
your land. Anyway I shall come around in early spring and have a look at
it."

"Now Peter, we'll hear from you," Jay announced.

"My work was to find out how long it took different kinds of seeds to
germinate, that is sprout. I took a dozen each of different seeds, put
blotters in dishes, wet the blotters, and placed the seeds on these. I
kept them in a warm place in the dining room. I have made each of you
fellows a copy of the table."

PETER'S GERMINATING TABLE

Beans      5-10 days.    Onion     7-10 days.
Beets      7-10  "       Peas      6-10  "
Cabbage    5-10  "       Pepper    9-14  "
Carrot    12-18  "       Radish    3-6   "
Celery    10-20  "       Tomato    6-12  "
Lettuce    6-8   "       Turnip    4-8   "

"I'd like to know what use a germinating table is, anyway?" asked Albert
scornfully.

"Well," Peter replied thoughtfully, "it gives you an exact knowledge of
the time to expect your seedlings to poke up. Now suppose radish came up
in four days. The carrot you had planted didn't come up and after twelve
days, discouraged, you plant more seed. Now two days later the first
carrots you sowed begin to appear. If you had known that it took carrots
from 12 to 18 days to germinate you'd not have made the mistake of
planting again so soon. I think of another reason," went on Peter
warming up to his subject. "Suppose you planted beet seed. You waited
ten days; nothing happened; you wait two more and still no seedling
appears; something is surely wrong and you plant over again."

"What could be wrong," asked Philip.

"The seed might be poor," replied Peter. "George has been testing seed,"
said Jay, "and he might tell us about it now, couldn't he, Chief? It
seems to come in here." The Chief nodded.

"I have been finding out whether certain seeds which I happen to have on
hand are worth planting or not. If any of you fellows have seed and wish
to find this out, you can easily enough. So you can be sure whether old
seed is worth planting. Now it happens that father had some of his last
year's corn and some from four years ago. So I took 100 seeds of each.
If you test small seed like lettuce, The Chief says 50 seeds will do.
These I put on blotters just as Pete did his. Of course, I kept them
separate. From last year's seed 90 seeds sprouted out of the 100, or
9/10 of them. And that equals 90 per cent. If all seed was 90 per cent.
good it would be all right to use, I think. Now when I looked at the
four-year-old seed, what do you think? Only five seeds had started. That
makes only 1/20, or 5 per cent. Of course, no one would care to use seed
where only 5 per cent. of the seed sprouted."

"Is there any real percentage of germination that seeds should have?"
Jack asked eagerly.

"Yes," replied The Chief, "although value as you see from George's
experiment is lost by age. The real standard germination value for corn
is 87 per cent., for beans 90, for turnips 90, for peas 93, etc. You
can see that the per cents. for these vegetables run high. So do not use
seeds when the per cent. has dropped too low.

"Has George found out the time when other seeds lose value?" asked
Peter. "I did not work this table out because I did not have the old
seed to work with," replied George, "but The Chief gave me a book to
look it up in. I have printed on our press the table. So you fellows may
each have a copy." George handed the sheets around the table.

It happened that The Chief had a little old printing press that he had
presented to the Club. Club real estate, Albert called it.

    GEORGE'S TABLE

    AGE OF SEEDS FOR PLANTING PURPOSES

        2-3 years.        3-4 years.    5-6 years.    8-10 years.
    Corn      Tomato      Beet          Pea (5-6)     Cucumber
    Celery    Pepper      Lettuce       Radish (4-5)  Melon
    Carrot    Onion       Turnip (3-6)                Squash
    Bean      Parsley                                 Pumpkin

"Now, George," Albert begged, "give us a table of germinating per
cents."

"Not much, each fellow can work out the value of his own old seeds and
see if they are worth using."

"I think George is right," began The Chief after the laugh at Albert's
expense ceased. "Perhaps you'd like to try the effect of depth of
planting on corn. Here are some boxes of earth. George, you plant six
kernels of corn one inch deep and mark the box with your name and the
depth on it, Peter, plant the next box with six kernels at two inches.
Albert, try three inches, and Jack, four inches. It will be your
business, Myron, to drop in here each half day and note the first
appearance of corn in the different boxes."

The result of this experiment, which took about two weeks in all, was as
follows:

    DEPTH OF PLANTING        TIME TO COME UP
       1 in.                    8-1/2 days
       2 in.                   10       "
       3 in.                   12       "
       4 in.                   13-1/2   "

This experiment showed the boys that seeds too deeply planted are
hindered in progress.

"Myron, you may take the floor now," signalled Jay.

"I have worked out and printed for you the amount of seed necessary to
plant a certain space. I have printed my table just as George did. 'H'
stands for hills and 'D' means drills."

"What is a drill?" asked Philip.

"Why a drill is a furrow. You can make a drill with a rake handle, or a
hoe. We can show you better when we get outdoors, Philip," Myron
answered quite condescendingly.

    MYRON'S SEED-ESTIMATE TABLE

    NAME        METHOD OF PLANTING        QUANTITY OF SEED
                HILLS OR DRILLS
    Bean (Bush)       D                   1 qt. for    100ft.
    Beet              D                   1 oz.  "      50ft.
    Cabbage           H                   1 oz.  "    2000 plants
    Carrot            D                   1 oz.  "     100 ft.
    Corn              H                   1 qt.  "     100 hills.
    Lettuce           D                   1 oz.  "     120 ft.
    Musk melon        H                   1 oz.  "      60 hills.
    Onion             D                   1 oz.  "     100 ft.
    Parsley           D                   1 oz.  "     150 ft.
    Pea               D                   1 oz.  "     100 ft.
    Pepper            D                   1 oz.  "    2000 plants.
    Potato            H                   1 peck "     100 hills.
    Pumpkin           H                   1 oz.  "      30 hills.
    Radish            D                   1 oz.  "     100 ft.
    Tomato            H                   1 oz.  "    1000 plants.
    Turnip            D                   1 oz.  "     150 ft.

"This table is all right, I suppose," began Philip, "but if a fellow
doesn't know quite how far apart to plant his cabbage, say, I can't see
how this table helps much."

"I took it for granted," Myron answered, "that you fellows know a little
about things. But if a person didn't know what you ask, Philip, I
suppose this table isn't much good. Shall I call all the tables in,
Chief?"

"Not at all, Myron, this is a good table so far as it goes. Next time
each of you boys look up this matter. Perhaps you can work out a good
scheme for such information."

"Now, Philip, we'd like to hear about your shrub money and then we'll
have time to see Jack's coldframe plans, before club time is over," at
which Jay settled back in his chair as if club work was a strain on a
fellow after all.

"I may have one dollar to spend. I have decided to buy three shrubs. I
shall plant one by itself; the two others together in a clump. I wanted
forsythia, but I have finally decided on Japan snowball and Van Houtte's
spirea."

"Why?" asked Albert.

"You see the forsythia shows up best against a dark background because
of the bright yellow flowers. I have no good setting for such a shrub.
Then, too, it blossoms so very early in the spring, in April you know,
that it seemed to me, since I must plant this spring, I'd disturb less a
later flowering shrub. I chose the Japan snowball because it's less
liable to have lice than some others and because it looks well all by
itself on the lawn. That spirea is a specially good variety of spirea
because it does well almost anywhere, and also it is very showy and the
foliage is handsome all summer long. Some shrubs look scrubby after
awhile."

"Where did you get all this knowledge, Philip?" asked Albert, half
enviously.

"I made it my business to know. I hunted up shrubs in a catalogue, then
I called on a florist, and we had a shrub talk together."

"Now, I call that getting down to real work," Jay remarked. Philip
looked happy and Peter nearly tilted his chair over in his pleasure for
he evidently felt the city was making good.

"Now, Jack, bring on the coldframe."

"I have my drawing right here," began Jack, spreading it out on the
table while the boys crowded about. "You look at the drawing as I
explain. Myron and Jay have promised to help me make it. It will be a
coldframe this year; next fall I shall change it into a hotbed."

"How?" broke in Albert.

"I shall dig out the soil from the coldframe. Then I shall put in two
feet of manure and cover it with four inches of soil. This spring about
all I can do is to mix into the soil some well-rotted manure. I guess I
shall put in about three inches in all. I guess I can explain,"
continued Jack, delighted at this opportunity to air his newly acquired
knowledge. "The Chief has talked this over with me. It all depends upon
what you wish to use the frame for. I want to use mine to get an early
start this spring, so I make the bed rich and depend on the sun's rays
mostly for heat. This, then, is a coldframe. The sloping glass frame
helps you see. But next winter I hope to really get results out of this
frame, so I have to supply extra heat. The layer of manure underneath
gives this. I then have a hotbed. If I just wish to keep plants along,
ready to force next spring, then the sun's rays would be enough for that
work without the layer of heat."

"I see, thank you, and why do you say layer of heat? I should call it a
layer of manure."

"Because it is heat, isn't it? And anyway real gardeners call it that.
We may as well use the right names; don't you think so, Chief?"

"Surely, Jack. It's our business to know right terms. Each line of work
has its own language. Jack has done a good piece of work so far. We
shall have most of our next meeting in the workshop. Jack, Myron and Jay
are going to work on this frame. You other fellows will be able to make
stakes and dibbers enough for the crowd."

"What is a dibber?" asked Albert.

"That is for you to look up. If you have any old rake or hoe handles
bring them along for dibber making. Good-night, boys."

Off into the night they scampered--a jolly, sound lot of lads.




V

THE WORKSHOP END OF THE GARDEN


"Before we go to the workshop we might take up the methods of planting
our vegetables. Then if any fellow has worked out a table, Peter, the
star printer, may strike off copies for all of us," began Jay, after
calling the meeting to order. "I'd be glad to hear from any of you
fellows who have done anything on this matter."

All was quiet. Finally Myron arose and began to read from a paper
covered with writing. "The carrot--common name of the _Daucus Carota_--a
biennial, indigenous to Europe, believed by some botanists to have been
derived from the common wild carrot."

"Where'd you copy that stuff? No table can be made from that! Imagine a
fellow out planting carrots and reading before he sows: The carrot--a
bi--bi what, biped, did you say, Myron?"

Albert chuckled away and Myron dropped into his seat saying angrily, "I
tried hard, anyway. It took me a whole evening to copy just the carrot."

"I should think it might have. Has any fellow a really simple table?"

"I've worked at it," Peter replied modestly. "I think I have something
here that will really be of use." At this Peter spread out on the big
table a neat piece of work.

    PETER'S OUTDOOR PLANTING TABLE

    NAME          DEPTH TO                  DISTANCE APART
                   PLANT             SEEDS             FURROWS
    Bean (Bush)    2     in.        12-20 in.             3 ft.
    Beet           1-1/2 in.         4-9 in.         12-15 in.
    Cabbage          1/2 in.        20-24 in.             3 ft.
    Corn           1-1/2 in.            3 ft.           3-4 ft. (hills)
    Lettuce          1/2 in.          6-8 in.         12-18 in.
    Musk melon     1     in.          4-6 ft.           4-6 ft. (hills)
    Onion            1/2 in.         4-12 in.         10-12 in.
    Parsley          1/2 in.            6 in.             1 ft.
    Pepper           1/2 in.           18 in.             2 ft.
    Potato         5     in.        12-18 in.         24-36 in. (hills)
    Pumpkin        1-1/2 in.         8-10 ft.          8-10 ft. (hills)
    Radish           1/2 in.            3 in.           6-8 in.
    Tomato         1/2-1 in.            3 ft.             3 ft. (hills)
    Turnip           1/2 in.            6 in.            12 in.

"That's all right," and The Chief laid a hand on Peter's shoulder and he
smiled across at Myron.

"Each one of you boys ought to know how to make a working plan of his
garden. I showed Jack how to make his coldframe plan. It is well done.
Now gather about the table and I will make a plan of a supposed garden."

[Illustration:

DRAWING I        DRAWING II

DRAWING III      DRAWING IV

This very simple plan of a garden, used by The Chief, has in it the
essentials for all your garden plan drawing. Follow each step as the
boys did and you will be able to make a drawing of your own garden.]

"I will lend you mine and you might make a drawing of that," craftily
suggested Albert.

"No, young man, you are to make your own. Let us suppose for the sake of
an easy problem that we claim our garden is to be on a square piece of
land, forty feet by forty feet. In drawing to a scale, one takes a
certain small measure to stand for a foot. If we take an inch to be a
foot, then the entire forty-foot length would have to be forty inches.
That is a pretty good large drawing. Let us take something smaller and
say one-eighth of an inch equals a foot, thus 1/8 in. = 1 ft. So we
shall have a length and a width of five inches.

"The first step in the actual drawing is to find the centre of your
given piece of drawing paper. See, I just make short lines or portions
of diagonals through the centre as shown right here in what I call
Drawing I. Draw a vertical line through the centre extending to the top
and the bottom of the paper. Now draw a horizontal line through the
centre to the extreme left and right of the sheet. Now measure up from
the centre on the vertical line the half width of the garden. If the
centre is to stand for the centre of the garden, then the garden itself
would extend up, down, and to the right and left of its centre, just 20
ft. or 2-1/2 in. in a plan with scale 1/8 in. to 1 ft. So measure up
from the centre along the vertical line just two and one-half inches and
place a dot. Letter this dot A. Do this same thing down the vertical
line and we have dot B. Also measure the same distance along the
horizontal to left, calling the dot D and along the right calling the
last dot C. Now draw a horizontal line 5 in. long through A with 2-1/2
in. either side of the dot. This gives you one side of your garden or a
40-ft. length. Do a similar thing through dot B. Through C and D draw
similar lines. We now have the outline of our garden of 40 ft. square.
We have on our paper, though, a square 5 x 5 in.

"I have decided to have a circular bed in the centre of the garden which
shall be 10 ft. in diameter. Therefore, the radius of the circle should
be 5 ft. or 5/8 in. Get a pair of compasses for that, Jack. Now I shall
swing the circle. But I wish a 2-ft. path all about this circular
garden. If the path is 2 ft., then I must set my compasses on 2/8 in.
more or now make the 5/8 in. into 7/8 in. Let us swing another circle
with the same point as a centre.

"It strikes me that if I should lay my garden out into four squares, the
combination of squares, central circles and straight main paths would
look incongruous. So I shall cut the central points of the four square
beds off by swinging circles. Have patience and you will see, for the
general plan is in my mind just as it ought to be in the mind of any
person who is to make a garden. Now swing another circle with a radius
of 1 in., and still another the radius of which shall be 1-1/8 in.

"Now we come to stage two of this working drawing (Drawing II). I wish a
4-ft. path going down to the centre bed from the points A, B, C and D.
Place your ruler, Jay, on point A, for you may draw now. Measure to the
right of A 1/4 in. and to the left 1/4 in., and place dots at these
points. You have the width of your 4-ft. paths. Do this same thing at
points B, C and D. Number these points 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8. With
very light lines connect points 1 and 3, 2 and 4, 5 and 7, 6 and 8.
Where the line 1-3 cuts the second circle from the centre, letter the
intersections E and F. The intersections of 2-4 mark G and H, of 5-7 I
and J, and of 6-8 N and L. You now see the outline of these paths
running through the garden. Let us border each path with two 1-ft.
borders. So place the ruler at point 1 and mark off two 1/8 in. spaces
by dots. Do the same at points 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8. Connect the
opposite dots by light lines.

"Now let George take the third stage (Drawing III). Go right over the
inside circle so as to make it stand out boldly. Strengthen line 1 to E,
2 to G, 3 to F, 4 to H, 5 to I, 6 to N, 7 to J and 8 to L. Now these
circles should be strengthened and lines erased that interfere. That
leaves curve EI, GJ, LH, and FN standing out clearly. You see in the
drawing one-half the garden plan erased and all right.

"After Myron has erased every line (Drawing IV), you will see the garden
plan in all its neatness. Place the measurements on the drawing. It
looks well, does it not, boys?

"These are the steps. Any of you can work out your plan if you have one
to work out."

"Now boys, for the shop! Myron, Jay and Jack are to work on the
coldframe. Peter will have an evening's work printing this planting
table. Albert will tell us the use of the dibber and make you one each
from all these old handles."

Albert, assuming a grand oratorical manner, gave the boys the benefit of
his search for knowledge. "A dibber is a pointed tool, usually a stick,
used to make holes for planting seeds, bulbs, setting out plants and
transplanting of seedlings."

Off they all trooped to a little workshop back of the man's home. Soon
the boys were hard at work, sawing, whittling, and setting up type.

[Illustration: A sturdy dibber. This needs no directions for the making.
The cut tells the story.]

Here are directions for what the boys made.

DIRECTIONS FOR MAKING A COLDFRAME

Hemlock was the wood Jack used. The lumber for sides and ends is one
inch thick while strips marked A and B are one and one-fourth inches
thick. Cut out pieces 14 in. x 5 ft. 7 in., and 10 in. x 5 ft. 7 in.,
for the back and the front. Cut two pieces 14 x 36 in. and shape them
according to drawing for the ends. Nail these four pieces together to
form the frame. The sides should be nailed to the ends. Use ten-penny
nails and drive them slantingly.

[Illustration: WORKING SKETCH OF HOTBED

Jack's working drawing of his hotbed. This was to serve for a coldframe
temporarily.]

Saw out strips A two inches wide and as long as the slanting edge of the
end of the frame. Be careful with this measurement not to measure the
slanting edge of the _end_ piece only, but to include with it the
thickness of both front and back pieces. Saw out two more pieces two
inches wide and as long as the frame is wide at the bottom. Make strip B
2-1/2 in. x 5 ft. 7 in.

Lay out notches marked A by dividing top and bottom edges of front and
back into three equal spaces. Cut notches to receive strips marked A.
Nail strips A in place, also B. To make a neat piece of work the ends of
strips A should be planed slightly slanting to make them exactly even,
or "flush" with front and back boards. The real object of strips A is to
keep the frame from bulging at the centre.

Jack had three common single window sashes, 22-in. x 3 ft. which made an
excellent cover for the frame. These should be placed in position and
fastened to strip B with two-inch butts. Notice the sashes project over
the front so as to carry the water away from the frame. The sash should
be fastened to the frame, putty side out.


GARDEN STAKE

The stake may be made of soft wood or hard. It is a good one to use in
staking off the garden. It is entirely a piece of knife work. The
dimensions are clearly given on the working plan. If the stake is made
12 inches instead of 14 inches, it may be used as a foot rule in
measuring off furrows.

[Illustration: A heavy stake like this one, Jack used in marking off
his drills. It is adapted to just such work.]

THE BOY'S GARDEN REEL

A piece of wood (ash is suitable for this work), 11-3/8 x 4-1/2 x 1/2
in. is needed. Draw pencil lines lengthwise and widthwise through the
centre of this piece. From the centre measure out one inch in both
directions, placing dots. These give the central points for centre cut.

Measure from the four corners of the piece 3 inches along the length.
Connect by line the opposite dots. This gives the line marked 4-1/2 in.
in the diagram. It shows the beginning of the cut to the centre line.
One inch above these lines draw other lines straight across the wood.
Find centre of these. Place a dot one-half inch on both sides of each
from centre. This gives the one-inch end cuts. Cut this up to one-half
inch of each corner. This makes a large substantial garden reel.

[Illustration: Made of hard wood this reel will last forever.]

A PLANT STOOL OR TABOURET

The materials needed are four pieces 18 x 3 x 7/8 in. planed, for legs;
one piece 14 x 14 x 7/8 in., planed, top; two pieces 8-1/2 x 1-3/4 x 7/8
in., planed, lower braces; one piece 8-1/2 x 8-1/2 x 7/8 in., planed,
upper brace. Use chestnut, white wood, white oak, mahogany, cherry or
birch. You will need also 2-in. blued screws, round head, for
fastenings.

[Illustration: This looks like a pretentious piece of woodwork for a lad
to make. George did not think so. The construction is simple. Note the
good lines.]

To construct the stool make with the two 8-1/2 x 1-3/4 x 7/8 in. pieces
the lower braces, a lap joint. Find the mid-line of each piece by
measuring 4-1/4 in. from the ends. From this line lay off two other
lines parallel to it and at a distance of 7/8 in. to the right and
left. This makes a 1-3/4 in. square in the centre of each piece. Now
transfer these lines down the edges of the lower brace pieces. Saw on
the inside of the lines down one-half the thickness or saw and chisel
down to one-half. It is necessary to saw on the inside of the lines or a
loose joint will result. The joint must be exactly in the middle and all
arms must be equal in length when completed. Brads or finishing nails
should be used to hold the joint in place. This lower brace is 7 in. up
from the floor or bottom of the stool. In the picture the screws, which
hold the brace, show plainly.

Now lay off an octagon, with a diameter of 8-1/2 in. on the 8-1/2 x
8-1/2 x 7/8 in. piece, sawing off the corner pieces so as to just fit
the leg. Glue and screw this to the under sides of the top piece,
placing the grain across that of the top wood. Warping is thus
prevented. This brace acts as a support to which the upper ends of the
legs are firmly screwed and glued. A 3/16 in. gimlet hole should be
bored for each screw or the wood will split. The holes should not be
deeper than 1-1/2 in. if the screws are to hold firmly. Try drawing the
screws across a cake of soap and see if they will not be applied more
easily.

To be sure that the legs go on exactly rigid it would be well to draw
lines diagonally through the centre of the under surface of the top
piece. The legs are to be attached at right angles to these diagonals.
After the legs are screwed to the upper and lower braces sandpaper the
entire stool. Do this lengthwise to the grain, never across. Then stain
and wax.




VI

WHAT THE GIRLS MADE WINTER EVENINGS


While the boys were making their pieces of garden apparatus the girls
were at work also. They met with The Chief at Katharine's house and made
a number of pieces of garden apparatus. The directions for making these
are given so that other children may make some too.

DIRECTIONS FOR MAKING SEED ENVELOPES

Cut paper 7-1/2 in. by 5-3/4 in.; place it the long way of the paper
going from front to back of the desk or table at which you work.

Measure from the upper left corner down 1-3/4 in., and place point 1;
3-1/4 in. farther down place point 2. Measure from the upper right
corner down 1-3/4 in. and place point 3; 3-1/4 in. farther down place
point 4.

Measure from the upper left corner toward the right 1-1/4 in. and place
point 5; 3-3/4 in. farther toward the right place point 6. Measure from
the lower left corner toward the right 1-1/4 in., and place point 7;
3-3/4 in. farther toward the right place point 8.

[Illustration: PATTERN FOR SEED ENVELOPE

Katharine made this seed envelope of rather stiff paper So it was of
real service]

Draw dotted lines through 1 and 3, 2 and 4, 5 and 7, 6 and 8.

Measure 1/4 in. toward the right from points 5 and 7 and place a dot.
Draw full lines toward the left to the intersection of the dotted
lines. Measure 1/4 in. down from 1 and 3, and place dots. Draw full
lines upward to the intersection of the dotted lines. Measure 1/4 in. up
from points 2 and 4, place dots, and draw full lines downward to the
intersection of the dotted lines.

Draw a full line from points 6 and 8 to the intersection of dotted
lines.

Cut on full lines.

Fold on dotted lines.

Fold A, B, and C, in this order, and paste, leaving D for flap to be
pasted down when the envelope has been filled with seeds.

DIMENSIONS OF MARKERS

The right marker is 3-1/2 in. long. The distance from head to central
point of notch is 1/2 in. The distance between notches, or from the
central point of one notch across the marker to the central point of the
other, is 3/8 in. The width is 1/2 in. and the thickness 1/8 in.

The middle marker is 4-1/2 in. long, 1/2 in. wide, and 1-1/16 in. thick.
Allow about 5/8 in. for the pointing at the end.

The left marker is rather larger and stronger; it, too, may be pointed
and not notched, so acting as a good pot-marker. Make it 5 ins. long,
7/8 in. wide, and 3/15 in. thick. The line between the notches measures
5/8 in. and is 1 in. from the top of the marker.

[Illustration: Such labels as these, made of thin wood, serve as plant
labels as well as being useful in the outdoor garden]

    A GARDEN SIEVE--MATERIALS

    2 small boards 13 x 2-1/2 x 1/2 in.
    2 small boards 7 x 2-1/2 x 1/2 in.
    2 strips of wood 12 x 1/2 x 1/4 in.
    2 strips of wood 8 x 1/2 x 1/4 in.
    Fine wire netting 13 x 8 in.

[Illustration: Josephine's box had too limited a drainage area]

[Illustration: Make a flat like this one of Eloise's and so provide
plenty of drainage space]

Make the framework of a box without a lid, using the 13-inch pieces for
the sides and 7-inch pieces for ends, putting the ends between the side
pieces. Use the wire netting for the bottom of the box, nailing it on
with the strips of wood. Paint the sieve with two coats of dark green
paint.

A BULB FLAT

The dimensions of the box are the same as those for the sieve except for
the depth, which is three inches instead of two and a half inches. Of
course the bottom is wood with three drainage holes bored in it. A flat
may be constructed without the drainage holes as shown in the cut. In
this case make the bottom of small pieces of wood leaving an inch space
between each piece. This is Eloise's kind of a bulb box.

    A GATHERING BASKET FOR FLOWERS

    The materials needed are:

    8 spokes, 10 ins. long, of number 6 reed.
    3 weavers of number 2 reed.
    12 weavers of number 3 reed.
    31 spokes, 20 in. long, of number 4 reed.

_Directions_.--Split four spokes of number 6 reed exactly in the
centre, and slip the remaining four through the slits in the first
group.

[Illustration: This is the basket made and used by Katharine. It is a
gathering basket just right for fruit and short-stemmed flowers]

Double a number 2 weaver and slip the loop over the upper vertical group
and with the pairing weave go around each group four times. Next,
separate the spokes in groups of two and continue the pairing weave
until four more rows have been woven in. Then separate the spokes by
ones and weave until the diameter is 4-1/2 in.

Cut all off that remains of the number 2 weaver, and insert 3 weavers of
number 3 reed. Continue with the triple weave to a diameter of 9 in.

Cut off the ends of the spokes and insert 31 spokes, 20 in. long, of
number 4 reed; one on each side of the spokes, except the first; in this
instance insert but one.

Use the side which has been next the weaver for the inside of the
basket, letting rough ends come on the outside of the basket. Turn the
spokes up, and hold in place with one row of quadruple, weave over three
spokes and back of one, using the number 3 reed. With the same reed put
in eleven rows of plain weave, over one spoke and under the next. Next,
one row of quadruple and follow with seven rows of double weave, over
two and under one, and finish with one row of quadruple weave.

For the first row of the border carry number 1 spoke back to number 2
spoke, or the next spoke at the right, and out; number 2 spoke back of
number 3, and out. Continue once around the basket.

For the second row carry number 1 spoke over number 2 and 3, and down;
number 2 over 3 and 4 and down, and so on around.

For the third row carry number 1 over number 2 and down; number 2 over
number 3 and down. This may be continued until you have formed a roll
over the entire edge.

If handles are desired, on each side of the basket insert a piece of
number 9 reed for the foundation of these. The end of a number 3 weaver
is woven in at the left of the foundation under the third row from the
top of the basket, and the long end of the weaver is twisted around the
foundation to the other side of the handle. Here it is pushed down
inside the basket on one side of the handle and over again on the other
side of the handle, three rows from the top, making a loop inside. The
weaver is then laid close beside the first twist and follows it across
to the opposite side. Now it goes in under the third row on the left of
the handle and out on the right side. Each row of twisting must follow
close beside the last. Six or seven rows will cover the foundation. The
end is fastened off by bringing it inside the basket again where it is
cut off.

This flower basket may be made without the handles. But they add much to
it without being a great deal of extra work.

A SUNDIAL

Take two pieces of the wood you have chosen:

A, 6-1/2 x 6-1/2 x 1/4 in. and B, 7 x 7-1/2 x 1/4 in.

_Construction_.--True up each piece to the given dimensions, and
sandpaper carefully. Be careful to stroke the wood always with the
grain--never across the fibres.

[Illustration: Dee's sundial kept fairly accurate time. It is a real
ornament to the garden.]

[Illustration: Gnomon pattern just one-half actual size]

Next make a shadow-piece, or gnomon, as it is called. Get a thin piece
of the same kind of wood as is used in piece A, and lay it out as
follows: With the fibres running in the direction AB, beginning at
point A construct an angle equal to the latitude of the place where the
dial is to be used. For example, if the latitude of a town is 41 degrees
construct the angle D 41 degrees, or if it is 42 degrees, let D be 42
degrees. Then cut from A to C, and sandpaper carefully. Take the wooden
shadow-piece and fasten it to the centre of piece A. Fasten by two brads
or small nails about 3/4 inch or 1 inch long, or glue it. Place piece A
over piece B so that a margin of 1/4 in. will be left on all sides.

Place A so that the fibres will run at right angles to B to prevent the
boards from warping. These two pieces may be fastened together by
driving a brad in each corner, or gluing, or both.

POT-REST

Use almost any kind of wood, as white wood, cherry or white oak.

Two pieces of wood 8 x 1/2 x 1-1/2 in. are needed for the cross pieces.
These should be planed. There are needed also four little pieces as feet
or pads. The dimensions of these should be 1-1/2 x 1-1/2 x 1/2 in.

To make this stand, draw a line across the two long pieces 4 inches
from either end. Lay off two other lines parallel to this 5/8 inch to
the right and left. Transfer these lines down the edges by the aid of
the try square. Saw on the inside of these lines down one half the
thickness, or 1/4 inch. Chisel out for a half-lap joint.

[Illustration: A pot-rest like the above is worth making because it
lasts]

The sawing and chiseling should be done carefully. It is necessary to
saw on the inside of the lines or a loose joint will be had. Doubling
the passage of the saw through the wood will often make the difference
of 1/8 inch.

After these are made to fit, the upper ends may be rounded down by
chisel and compasses, or bevelled, using the plane.

Use 7/8-inch brads or finishing nails, four in each pad or foot to
fasten pads to the arms. The pads should project 1/8 inch from ends and
sides. To finish the work nicely so the rest will both look well and
stand exposure, apply a suitable stain. Allow it to stand at least
thirty minutes. Then rub down with a cloth to an even stain. It is
better to allow the stain to stand a day or so. This gives time for the
stain to set before applying the wax. Otherwise, some of the stain will
be loosened and removed when waxing and a lighter shade of stain will
result.

PLANT JARDINIÈRE

The measurements are easy since the scale is one-half inch. That is, as
you measure the line in the working plan you allow one whole inch for
every one-half inch you measure on that. So, if a line measures three
and one-half inches, make the line for your box seven inches. This is
the real height of the box. Notice some lines have their real measures
given at the side.

Directions for making are as follows:

Fold a piece of paper large enough for one of the sides and sketch
one-half the outline on one of the folds. Cut to line and then draw the
other half. This will give perfect balance. Cut two pieces of wood from
this pattern by placing it on the wood and tracing.

[Illustration: From the ruler you can read off the exact size of the
jardinière]

Draw a line parallel to each side 3/8 inch in on the pattern for a new
pattern for the other two sides. These sides will need to be 3/4 inch
narrower, 3/8 inch on each side, as they must fit between the other two
sides. If wood of different thickness is used it will be double the
thickness.

Use a coping saw to cut out the base. The tapering sides may be cut to
lines by saw, plane or chisel. The curve at the base may be bored by
1/2-inch auger, and in this way a better curve may be had.

[Illustration: Helena used a scale of 1/2 inch in the construction of
this jardinière So the plan is very easy to work from]

Use 1-1/4-inch brads or finishing nails. A little glue added will make a
firmer box. A much larger box after the same pattern will make a
beautiful holder for a larger plant or shrub, using, of course, thicker
wood.

Two small cleats should be nailed and glued from the inside to support
a bottom. The bottom will give better service if it does not entirely
fill the space. Let it be the proper length but allow a space of an inch
on both sides for dirt and leaves to fall through and out.

Chestnut was the wood Helena used. It was stained and later waxed and
polished. A beautiful permanent brown stain may be had on chestnut or
white oak by applying strong ammonia to it with a brush and later
sandpapering down and waxing. White wood is another good wood to use,
but a stain will have to be applied to white wood, as ammonia will not
act on it. A strong solution of permanganate of potash put on with a
brush will darken any wood; it has no fumes.




VII

IMPROVING THE SCHOOL GROUNDS


During the first days of early spring The Chief and his boy assistants
looked over the school grounds to see what should be done for its
improvement.

The school was situated on a triangular piece of land right in the fork
of two roads. The land was elevated; so much so that the building stood
on a real slope; it was practically a road bank. This slope was washed
by spring rains leaving large rocks exposed to view. The country road
was especially poor at this section. There were deep gullies in it; the
gutters were full of leaves and rock. About the school building was a
comparatively level spot covered with rock. No trees grew here; a little
grass struggled up each year, soon to lose heart and die.

"It seems to me," said Albert thrusting his hands deep down into his
pockets, "that we have our life work here."

"Not at all," announced The Chief, "this is just the sort of thing
which confronts most country schools."

Sitting on a rock The Chief gathered his clan in solemn conclave. At the
close of the conference Jay marched into the schoolhouse and wrote the
following headings on the board:

    I. Constructing a wall to form an embankment.
    II. Cleaning the grounds and making a lawn.
    III. Planting of trees.
    IV. Preparation and planting of the flower garden.
    V. Cleaning and mending the road.

These headings represented the general lines of work the conclave had
decided were the right ones, the most pressing ones to begin on.

First all the stones were picked up. The smaller boys and girls made
little heaps of the small stones, while the larger rocks, requiring
strength to move, were left to the older boys and girls. To some rocks
the boys were obliged to take the pickaxe and crowbar. These were
rolled, dragged and carted to the gutter at the bottom of the bank.

A sand bank of this description where the wash is great always needs an
embankment of some sort to hold the soil in place. So the boys built a
stone wall. They made this wall of the stones picked from the grounds.
First the height was decided on. This was to be two feet. They drove
stakes, one at the beginning, and so on for every five feet of extent.
After leveling, two inches was measured from top of each stake down and
a cord was strung along from stake to stake. Previously, to be sure that
the stakes were at the same level, one of the boys, squatting down on
the ground so that his eye was on a level with the stake nearest him,
looked or "sighted" along the stakes. Where one stake seemed to rise up
above the others it was hammered down a little to fall into line. Thus a
straight line or top level for the wall was obtained. The wall itself
was not difficult to build. It meant only the selection of stones and
firming them into place.

Close to the wall there was a strip of level land; then the slope arose
from this quite gently. After the stones were picked off the boys raked
the ground all over fine, free from lumps and small stones.

One evening in the village store George's father offered to plough and
harrow the entire grounds if Jack's father would give the grass seed.
The bargain was sealed. But after all, this sandy soil was no sort of
soil to plant grass seed in. The father of one of the girls gave to the
school a few loads of good soil. This was spread over the slope to a
depth of about a foot. Again they raked it all over smooth, filling in
and making as pleasing a grade as possible.

The Chief told them it would have been far better if they could have had
two feet of good soil. Grass needs all of that. Another way to have
improved the soil conditions would have been to plant corn or potatoes
on this ground for one year. With such a crop the boys and girls would
have been constantly working it, stirring it up. This improves soil.

After the soil was spread the next thing was to make it firm. This was
done in three ways. One day the teacher decided that for gymnastic work
they might all turn out and tramp the soil. Up the bank they stamped,
then down by the old drive to the road again, and up the bank.

Another way was by using tamping sticks. The boys made these sticks from
old broom handles, to the ends of which they fitted solid pieces of
board about ten inches square. Some were merely nailed upon the ends of
the broom handle; but this method was insecure. The others were made
with holes in the centre of the boards of the same diameter as the
handles. These sticks were used to tamp the soil or spank it down. But
on the day when an old farmer, stopping to watch the work, offered his
roller, there was great rejoicing. Between classes, during recesses and
at any odd time the slope was rolled. One boy in the very beginning
pushed the roller but not after that, for when it was explained to him
he understood why he should pull the roller. First, because pulled there
are no foot prints left; and secondly, one slips and makes bad places on
the lawn when pushing.

Next came the seed sowing. The allowance of seed was one quart to each
300 square feet. Jack's father chuckled when his son refused absolutely
the variety he offered him. "No, sir, I do not wish Kentucky Blue Grass.
It takes three years to get good results from it. The results are all
right."

"Thanks," murmured the highly entertained father.

"We can't wait three years, we must have speedy results. I wish a
recleaned mixture, and no chaff in it."

"Very well, young man, I wish to know two things: First, where did you
get your knowledge? And second, where does my pay come in?"

"The Chief told me what book to read to understand about lawns. As for
the pay, you made your bargain with George's father. Anyway I should
think it would be pay enough to see a fine lawn in a public place made
from your grass seed."

"Right you are, young man. Go on, read and read. But remember to work
as well."

They chose a rather cloudy day for the planting, and a day when the wind
did not blow. Grass seed is so fine it will blow all about if the wind
is stirring. Grass seed is sown broadcast, that is, scattered by the
hand. It is not sown in drills.

It was a pleasure to watch the sowing, for it was done right. First, the
sowing hand was held low, the person stooping down. Some seed was taken
with the fingers. Then the sowing arm was swung freely in a semi-circle.
After going over the ground once, a second sowing was made at right
angles to the first. A second relay of boys and girls came out and raked
the sown ground all over. A third relay then rolled the ground. Do you
see that there was little opportunity then for the seed being blown off
the surface of the ground?

The children were delighted when a gentle rain, followed by several warm
days came right after the sowing. A soaking rain or a series of cold
damp days might have spoiled the work. The only way to have a good lawn
from a poor piece of land is to do a thorough piece of work. Patching up
means constant patching.

The paths and driveway to the school were just rock masses. The first
thing was to clear out all the rock. Then loads of ashes were brought
from the houses of the different children. All the parents were glad to
get rid of the ash-dumps in the backyards. All kinds of carts were
brought into use. For a week no boy dared appear without a load of
ashes.

All these ashes were dumped into the drive and paths. Then the whole ash
layer was rolled and rolled. It finally made a good solid kind of walk.

It was the business of the tree-planting committee to have two saplings
ready by Arbor Day and to know themselves just how to plant. In the
start of this work, committees had been formed. Now these committees
were supposed to know exactly how to do the work and to procure the
necessary material for it. It was not the duty of the committee to do
all the work; by no means, or the others would not have known how to
work.

Two trees were to be planted, one little maple near the building;
another, a buttonball tree, down on the lower grade. A maple was chosen
because it was easy to get from the woods and also because the maple is
such a good all-round tree. Then later, because of a cold wind exposure
on one side of the schoolhouse it was decided to plant a screen of
little poplar trees. This was to shut off an unsightly view which could
not be remedied in any other way.

One of the girls on the tree committee suggested a poplar in place of
the maple. She was voted down. Now if quick results had been wished, of
course the poplar would have been the tree to have chosen. That was why
the poplars were chosen for screening purposes. But for permanence the
maple, the oak, the buttonball are all better. The poplar shoots up
quickly, to be sure, but again it sheds its leaves early in the season.
Its life is not as long as the oak's. There are more reasons, too. But
if you must have quick results, here is a trick. Plant first a poplar
then a maple or some other tree and so on. Later the poplars may be cut
out and you have left the fine sturdy, long-lived trees. At the same
time the poplars have tided over that in-between period. We sometimes
weary of waiting for an oak to grow sizable.

The tree planting was left until May because of the state Arbor Day. The
maple and buttonball or plane-tree were dug up by the boys in the woods
the morning of Arbor Day. The trees were chosen from a rather open part
of the wood. It is better to choose trees from the open places than
from the denser woods. Trees thus selected are far more likely to grow
on being transplanted into a place similar to that from which they came.
The boys chose trees about five feet tall. The smaller the tree the
better. The following directions were the ones agreed upon:

(1) Dig a hole large enough and deep enough to accommodate the roots
without cramping. Allow so that the tree shall sit one inch lower than
it did before.

(2) Place the topsoil on one side of the hole; on the other the poorer
subsoil. If the topsoil is very poor, get some good, rich, black soil.

(3) Place good soil in the bottom of the hole.

(4) Put the tree on this layer, spreading the roots out carefully.

(5) Shovel rich soil over the roots. See that it goes in between the
roots. Don't be afraid to use your fingers for this work.

(6) The poorer soil goes in on top.

(7) Tramp the soil down with your feet, making firm about the tree
trunk.

(8) If the planting comes late in the warm weather make the soil into a
soft mud with plenty of water, in this form washing it in between and
about the roots, all roots and rootlets come in direct contact with the
mud.

(9) Last of all cut the tree back, shortening the larger branches about
one-quarter their length.

After planting the boys kept the trees soaked with water, thus making it
possible for the young saplings to have plenty of water. As the spring
went on the little maple prospered but the plane-tree started to put out
a few sickly looking leaves and finally died in midsummer. Just what was
the trouble? Supposedly these two trees were planted according to the
same directions. It finally came out that the boys who planted the
plane-tree had not cut off the bruised rootlets. These rootlets being in
a bad condition rotted and affected the entire root. Another mistake was
the failure of the boys to put the good soil about the roots, and they
had made the hole a little too small for the entire root area. Well, it
simply went to show that such a piece of work must be done right and
carefully, if success is to be certain. These were the reasons why our
boys lost one of their Arbor Day trees. The Chief told the children that
it might have been done over then, but that spring was the better time,
because the transplanted tree has the good long feeding season ahead of
it, and therefore has an opportunity to get over the shock and to get
accustomed to its new surroundings before winter is on. Trees planted
in the fall should not be cut back. Leave this until the next spring.

The children wished later that they had used something else for a
screen. The poplar trees grew fast but of course did not fill out as
evergreens and shrubs do. So, after all, the hedge of shrubs would have
acted as a better screen. Had they chosen evergreens these would have
made a better wind-break in the winter season for the exposure was
north, cold, and windy. Such work, though, is worth while, because we
learn so many better ways of doing things.

The flower garden was almost entirely the girls' work. In the first
place the school had no money. Seeds do cost something. But the amount
of seed which can be purchased for one dollar is amazing. Peter's
grandfather, hearing of the school's needs, gave a dollar. This was
money enough to buy seeds of ageratum, zinnia, dwarf nasturtium,
California poppy and verbena besides some others. Most schools have
interested friends.

All along the sides and front of the schoolhouse close to the building
the nasturtiums were planted. The ground was hard packed. The plough had
left the soil untouched near the building. So the boys spaded this up.
All the stone was picked out. Good soil was brought from the woods,
fertilizer from the barn and it was all worked thoroughly in.

Stakes had to be made. An easy stake to make is one from a lath. Mark
off 18-inch lengths or such lengths as are required. Make one end
pointed for about six inches; sandpaper. You have a good stake, that is,
a good temporary one. These were driven in to the outer edge of these
nasturtium strips at distances of four feet and strung with three cords
four inches apart. The cords should be carried about the stakes in a
groove made for this purpose. Thus the cord will be held and not slip up
or down. Thus strung off, border beds will not be stepped on or run over
by cats and dogs.

The nasturtiums were planted four inches apart, in drills one foot
apart. Just two rows were planted. The first row was six inches from the
front edge, then a foot space left, then another drill. Finally one foot
was left between that and the foundation of the building.

The girls of the fourth grade made the drills with the hoe handle. The
children of the first and second grades cut out pieces of paper in inch
lengths. Four of these placed along in a row gave the right distance for
planting the seeds. The nasturtium seeds were soaked over night. And
since the soil was warm and mellow, it helped.

Along the walks ageratum was planted in the following manner to serve as
a border. A drill was made as if for lettuce planting. The seeds were
sown in the same way as for that vegetable. When the plants were an inch
high they were thinned to six inches apart.

The zinnia was planted according to Helen's way of planting and told by
her under the girls' planting in a later chapter.

The verbenas, as the other flowers, were planted in early May. They were
planted one-fourth inch deep and six inches apart in drills one foot
apart.

The poppy bed was made fine, very fine, by much raking. Then the seed
was sown as the grass seed was, that is, by the method we term broadcast
sowing. These plants were thinned later so as to stand about eight
inches apart. But the plants thinned out were not used again, for these
poppies will not stand transplanting. This bed was simply one gorgeous
red in August.

In the early spring days the gutters were cleaned out thoroughly. The
road patching was quite a different matter. These country roads, like
those of many places, were just dirt roads. Now earth is poor material
for road construction. But if drainage is properly looked out for, and
the earth road is smooth from rolling, earth roads make, after all, fine
roads for summer travel.

It was suggested that rock be filled in, and the earth over this. But
when the boys considered how deep cuts would be formed in such a mend by
wagon wheels, this was given up. Then it was decided to fill in with
layers of rock mass. Myron brought a load of slate for this purpose. But
slate, while it makes a smooth road, does not stand wet weather well. So
Myron had to return his slate to the road-side bed from which he had
taken it. Then The Chief told the children briefly about road materials;
how soft limestone makes too weak roads for loads, how easily they wash
and wear; how granite, because of its being made up of several
materials, is poor, too; how flint and quartz, while hard, are brittle,
and are not sufficiently tough; and that sandstone was impossible. Then
he told them that good gravel, tough limestone and trap-rock were good
road materials. Roads need materials having hardness, toughness and
cementing qualities.

By taking a trip to a gravel bed, some three miles out of town, the boys
were able to get gravel for their patchwork. They did not merely fill
in the breaks but dug out the road bed straight across wherever a break
occurred until they came to good road. Coarse gravel was put at the
bottom up to six inches of the top surface. This was packed down and
rolled. At the same time it was watered until mud rose or flushed over
the top surface. Finally pebbles from about a half-inch size to coarse
sand were laid on and rolled thoroughly.

This is the way these lads fixed one piece of poor roadway.

It happened that one of the farmers near by tethered his cow on the
school grounds during the summer. One of the girls gave a workable
solution for this problem. This was it: the boys should come back in
relays all summer long and keep the grass so short that no cow could get
a nibble from their new lawn. This was done and it worked.

When the subject of the care of the flower garden arose it was easily
settled. The girls gladly divided themselves off into committees. Each
committee's business was that of weeding, picking and distributing the
flowers. The prophecy that there would be blossoms enough to supply the
homes, the churches and the sick proved true. To be sure the garden did
not look so well in the fall as in early summer, but it took only a
short time to fix up the grounds when school re-opened.

Plans were made for another spring during the first weeks of school. The
lawn would need a little more work done on it, an oak should be planted,
a group of shrubs put in. But the foundation work had been done.

And one day when the news was brought that the town was going to put the
first strip of real macadam road by the schoolhouse, a deafening shout
went up.




VIII

MYRON'S STRAWBERRY BED


One fine day in early April Myron spaded up his strawberry bed. The bed
was made in a sunny spot, on moist but not soggy soil, land excellent
for strawberry culture because the year before it was part of a potato
field. Following The Chief's advice he had spread over the bed only a
very light covering of well-rotted manure. Myron first measured off his
garden bed driving stakes in at the four corners. Then he strung off the
bed with stout garden cord. "Now," he said to himself, "I know exactly
what I have to do." Then going to one corner of the space with his back
toward all the rest of the bed he began his work.

[Illustration: Photographs by Edward Mahoney

The Way the Chief Taught His Boys to Handle Tools]

He had a fine spading fork which he had bought a few days before.
Grasping the top of the handle with his right hand, with the left midway
down the handle, he pressed the prongs of the fork with his left foot
vertically into the ground. Then lowering the top of the handle toward
the ground and backward, he slipped his left hand down the handle to
about a foot from the prongs, and drew up the spading fork with earth
on it. This earth he threw a little forward and with the prongs broke up
the lumps. He continued this until all the work was done.

Then he looked at his spading fork, his brand new fork, and found the
prongs quite bent, "The Chief told us to buy decent tools, but I thought
I'd save a little money. Well, I'll break up some of these lumps a bit
with my hoe and see how that will stand a little work." The land Myron's
father had given him was very good indeed, rich and light, so that work
of lump breaking was really very slight, yet it made the new hoe-blade
rattle in its socket.

After this work had been thoroughly done the boy took his rake and
started making fine the soil for the bed. Myron had learned well how to
handle his tools. These lessons of handling tools The Chief had taught
the boys for he felt that a tool should be a skilful instrument in the
hand. "A gardener should wield his hoe as well as a surgeon does his
scalpel," The Chief had often said. So the boys were proud of really
knowing how to work.

After looking proudly at the fine, smooth bed the boy shouldered his
tools and marched off to the village.

[Illustration: The crosses show where Myron set the strawberry plants.
The dotted lines signify the plantings of succession crops]

Do not think that you can save money by purchasing poor tools. It is
quite impossible, because always one has either to buy new and better
ones, or mend and remend the poor ones. The lad found out that a good
trowel costs at least 50 cents although a smaller one called a
transplanting trowel may be had for 15 cents; cast steel rake, 50 cents
(10 teeth), 75 cents (14 teeth); hoe, 50 cents; Dutch hoe, four inches,
40 cents; spading fork, $1.25, and weeder 10 cents.

That afternoon armed with cord, stakes, a tape, and the plan of the
bed, Myron started to mark it off for the plants. After tacking his plan
up on the fence post he began the measuring. The piece of ground was
5-3/4 feet wide by 6 feet long. Beginning at one edge of the garden he
measured in six inches along the width. The same thing was done from the
opposite edge. Stakes were driven in at these two points and a cord
stretched between. The same thing was done from the other two ends. So
Myron had two cords extending down the length of his garden each six
inches from the edge of the patch. These cords are lettered A A and D D
in his plan. B B is 15 inches from A A; C C is 15 inches from D D.

The next thing was to get the position of each plant in the bed. This is
the way it was done: beginning with A A, measure from the upper stake
nine inches down the line and place a small stake. This is the place to
set the first plant. From this, measure and place stakes at one-foot
distances. There will be five plants down the line. Down B B, measure
fifteen inches and place a stake. This gives the position for the first
plant, then, as before, place stakes at one-foot intervals. C C is
marked off similar to A A; and D D to B B. In all Myron then had places
for twenty plants.

As the work was finished Myron looked up to see Jack's face peeping
over the fence. "How do you like my strawberry bed?"

"It's all right," Jack replied, "especially the strawberry plants. They
look very promising."

"Quit your fooling, and come in and see this bed face to."

As Jack went over the fence he stopped to look at the plan. "I say,
Myron, this shows a plan's of some use to a man. What do you mean by
succession crops?"

"That stands for the sort of seed you keep sowing at intervals and so
getting several crops a season. I shall put in radish and lettuce. I am
to supply our own table all summer. Father is not going to sow either of
these. He is depending on me."

The trip to Longmeadow Farm for strawberry plants was one of pleasure
and profit to Myron. The boys used to say that while old Mr. Mills had a
crust inches deep, underneath this he was as fine as the strawberries he
raised.    I. Constructing a wall to form an embankment.
    II. Cleaning the grounds and making a lawn.
    III. Planting of trees.
    IV. Preparation and planting of the flower garden.
    V. Cleaning and mending the road.


"Strawberry plants are worth," said the old gentleman, "about two cents
apiece. I will give you your plants if you will do two things. First,
during this season, you are to pinch all the blossoms as they appear,
off the plants. Secondly, I wish to experiment with a new variety of
berry to see if it is good for this locality. I wish you to take five of
these plants and try the experiment with me. Do you agree?"

"Certainly. But can't I leave just one blossom on each plant to see what
the fruit is like?" And also leave one entire row blossoming as it
will?"

"Yes, that will be all right. The reason for pinching off the blossoms
the first year is to save the strength of the young plant. Otherwise it
all goes to fruit forming. It pays to do this, because the second year
you will have a good yield. Remember that strawberries which flourish in
certain localities may fail utterly in others. That is why you and I are
experimenting with this new berry. I am going to give you five plants of
Marshall, five of Nick Ohmer, and five of Brandywine. Remember, shorten
back the roots three inches before you plant. I shall be around to see
your strawberry bed. Remember to cultivate after every rain, and in
between times, too."

"Thank you, and good-bye," said the boy.

Myron set his plants after the following fashion: he dug trenches along
the cord lines previously marked out. Then the roots were shortened. To
plant, hold the plant against one side of the trench just as Myron did,
as illustrated in one of the pictures. Then push the earth in from the
other side and press firmly in place. The plants should sit so that
their crowns are even with the top of the ground. When Mr. Mills came to
see that bed he found two or three plants badly placed. Care must be
taken in the placing. The days after planting were very hot so Myron
covered the plants with straw to protect them from the heat.

As the season advanced the little plants sent out runners. These were
immediately cut off. If they had not been, they would have become
entangled and thus formed what is called a matted row. Some people
cultivate strawberries this way. But Myron's way, the hill culture,
while it means constant attention, is perhaps a better method.

One day, old Mr. Mills took Myron on a little trip with him to a farm
where a man was cultivating berries by the matted row method and doing
it in a very slovenly way.

"It taught me a lesson," the boy told his mother that evening, "that
lazy methods are pretty bad."

Once or twice that season he sprinkled wood ashes on the ground of the
bed. Just a little should be sprinkled on, as one sprinkles salt on a
potato. Soil gives food to a plant. This food is nitrogen in various
forms, potash and phosphorus. Sometimes we help the soil supply one or
more of these chemicals. The wood ash adds a little extra potash which
is very good for the strawberry.

It turned out after a second year that the new variety gave very small
and flavourless berries. So the old gentleman and Myron wasted no more
space on that variety.

The second year Myron obtained excellent results. From some of his
plants he got one quart of berries each, during the season. That was
good, but no better than a strawberry plant should do under good
cultivation.

As far as his lettuce and radish went there was nothing new or startling
in his experience. He tried this little trick of lettuce sowing with
some success: Instead of sprinkling the seed in the drill, he placed
each seed separately and four inches apart. By this method one need not
transplant to get good heads. He tried the Black Tennis Ball seed. This
forms a good head.

Did you ever try the Icicle radish? Myron recommends it. It is long and
white and so gets its name. Along with the radish he planted parsley.
This is a good way to do as these vegetables do not interfere one with
the other.

"Grow any more lettuce and radish?" exclaimed Myron's father one evening
in the village store, "not while I have a boy who can do it as Myron
can. He beats me all right. And I am glad."




IX

JACK'S ALL-ROUND GARDEN


Just as soon as the ground was workable Jack set his coldframe. He chose
a southern exposure, back of the barn, so that the frame should sit up
against the stone foundation of the    I. Constructing a wall to form an embankment.
    II. Cleaning the grounds and making a lawn.
    III. Planting of trees.
    IV. Preparation and planting of the flower garden.
    V. Cleaning and mending the road.
 building. First he dug down about a
foot deep. As he dug, he knocked up the lumps and picked out the stone.
Then he went to the barn and got a barrow load of horse manure, not
fresh, but old, rotted manure. This he very carefully mixed in with the
soil already made fine.

"Now I shall put the frame on. Come, Elizabeth, and give me a lift with
this." After some tugging the frame was set.

"I thought frames were usually sunk in the ground," commented Elizabeth.

"I shall do that this fall and make a real hotbed out of it. You see
this spring I just want to give my seeds a little extra start. That's
why I made the soil so rich and so deep. Now I am going to bank the
frame about with manure. Then I shall put dirt over that. You see I get
some extra heat that way. Just see the fine slope of the glass. I guess
Old Sun will get caught all right."

Jack busily banked the frame, spanking the fertilizer down hard with the
back of his spade. He sloped it up some four inches along the sides and
front.

"Now I am going to make drills for my seed. In the first partition I
shall plant lettuce and tomato; then pepper and onion go in, and the
third is for flower seed." Jack bent over the frame, and began to
scratch lengthwise of the beds with the edge of his trowel. Red-faced
from bending over, and hot from his former exertion, his trouser knees
covered with earth and manure, he stood off and looked at his work.

"I'm precious glad Elizabeth has gone, for if those aren't the worst,
crookedest old rows I ever saw."

And so they were. They were all distances apart, of different depths and
entirely untidy-looking.

Jack picked up his rake and again raked the little beds over, so that no
trace of his poor work was left. Then he found a board which stretched
across the frame widthwise, so that he could kneel upon this and work to
advantage in the bed. He next whittled out two little pointed sticks to
act as stakes, and tying to these a piece of cord just the right length
for the drills, he was ready for work. With one stake stuck in the bed
at the upper end, the other at the lower, the cord between gave Jack a
good string line for the drill. Then, with the end of a small round
stick held close against the taut line, the drill was made. So he
continued making drills at distances of four inches apart.

Pouring out some lettuce seed in his hand, Jack began to sprinkle it
rather unevenly in the first little drill. Elizabeth, having returned,
stood by watching and shaking her head. "I didn't know you were here.
You make me nervous," began Jack.

"I feel more nervous than you possibly can, for you are wasting seed and
sowing in a poor way. See, here you have a little pile of seed, and
there you have none," and Elizabeth bent eagerly over the bed.

"Well, if you think you can do better, just try this next drill." Jack
straightened up, and gave way to Elizabeth.

"Wait a minute," and Elizabeth ran into the house. Soon she came out
with some small seed envelopes in her hand. From the bag of lettuce
seed--for Jack had bought his seed by bulk--Elizabeth poured some into
a small envelope. Then by shaking the envelope she carefully and
sparingly sowed the lettuce in the drill.

"I say, that is good!" said Jack admiringly. "Now I'll do some myself."

"I should think you would wish only one more row; then have a row, or
perhaps two, to transplant in. For I believe you'll have to prick out
the plants before the garden is ready."

"You talk like the real thing, Elizabeth. What do you mean by pricking
out?"

"Why, pricking is just lifting out the seedlings with a pointed stick
from one row to another, or from a box or hotbed into the outside
garden. What else are you going to plant, Jack?"

"I thought I'd put in--say two rows of tomatoes, one row of onions, and
one of peppers. In the third partition I'd start asters. I just love
asters. So I've made up my mind to make a kind of specialty of these."

"That's fine! May I help?"

"You certainly may, for you are a help."

Elizabeth chuckled away to herself, for Jack evidently was not
questioning where she got her knowledge. "It seems to me," she rather
timidly suggested, "that it would look more shipshape to label these
rows, and put in little sticks where each row begins and ends."

"Well now, that is a fine suggestion." So Jack stuck in some little
sticks he got from the woodshed. Elizabeth did not dare offer some
nicely made little markers laid away in her desk for future use. She
feared those would call forth questions.

Jack brought out a hammer and tacks. Then writing the names of the seeds
on the little envelopes Elizabeth had brought out, he tacked one over
each row onto the inside of the frame. They both stood off and admired
the work.

Warm days Jack opened the frame, at first only a little, and later, wide
open for all day. One night he forgot to close it, and a slight frost
made a sorry looking set of seedlings next morning. He lost every single
plant except a few little asters, which were protected by the inner
partition of the frame. These seedlings he watered at intervals all day.
This was at Elizabeth's suggestion. By this treatment these were saved.
So Jack, sadder and wiser, started over again.

When the lettuce plants had four little leaves Jack, with Elizabeth's
help, transplanted some into the drills left for them. When they were
larger yet, they transplanted the lettuce to the real garden. This is
the way they did it. In the first place the children chose a cloudy day
for the work. A cloudy day is far better than a bright sunny one because
bright sun is too strong for little lettuces which have been disturbed
from their places and put into new ones.

To transplant, dig up a number of plants and plenty of earth with them.
Use a trowel for this work, gently lifting plants and earth. A drill may
be made; or, perhaps better yet, make holes with the dibber. Pour a
little water into the hole. Then gently separate a plant taking as much
soil with it as you can keep on its roots. Place the little plant in the
hole or drill, and cover the roots with soil. With the fingers press the
soil firmly about the plant. Water the earth, not the leaves of the
plant. Next day, and for several days, cover the transplanted plants
with strawberry baskets. These are far better than newspaper coverings,
because light and air freely come through the crevices of the basket.
The newspaper makes a covering too tight and close for the tender
lettuces. Between plants the children left six inches.

Jack raised Boston lettuce. He not only had enough for his mother all
summer long, but sold some, too. The way he happened to sell it was
merely an accident. Not far from the village was a large summer hotel.
One day the proprietor had driven around to the house to see Jack's
father on business. As the men were talking Jack and Elizabeth came from
the garden with two fine heads of lettuce.

"Have you any more lettuce than what you can use yourself?" asked the
proprietor, after feeling of the heads of lettuce and admiring the good
firm centres. "Yes," replied Jack, "I have now, and shall have all
along, more than we can use. You see I keep making sowings every ten
days in the coldframe, and transplanting."

"I'll take all the extra lettuce you have at five cents a head. That is
what I pay all summer long for it. To-morrow bring me up what you can."

"Thank you, sir. Ten heads will walk up to-morrow."

"The first time I've ever heard of heads walking," laughed Jack's
father, well pleased with his lad.

But we are away ahead of the story, for we have planted and sold lettuce
before Jack has had a chance to really make his garden. The soil in the
backyard was very poor, so Jack decided to cultivate only a strip twenty
feet long and eight feet wide. He dug out all the soil to the depth of
two feet. His father lent him the use of a horse and wagon, and gave
him from the barns whatever fertilizer he needed. The digging was a
long, tedious piece of work. It was hard, too; but the boy kept at it.
Any piece of land can be used if a boy has a mind to work hard over it.

Some of the poorest of the soil was carted off, then into the top of the
remaining soil he mixed the old manure. Then into the garden space six
inches of manure was spread, and over this was filled in the old top
soil and fertilizer, that mixture which he had previously prepared.
About one foot of this was put in. Jack's father lent him the horse
again and the services of a man. They drove to the Longmeadow Farm and
got a load of top soil. Old Mr. Mills said he would give the soil if
Jack could answer three garden questions correctly.

"All right," said the boy, "you'll probably knock me over, for I don't
know much about gardening, but I'm trying hard."

"Question number one: suppose your backyard had been clay soil--what
would you have done with it then?"

"I should have mixed in sand, using about one-quarter the amount of sand
as I had of clay."

"Good! Question number two: suppose you had no sand--what then?"

"I'd have used ashes; old clinkers I guess would be best. Everyone has
ashes."

"Question number three: what is the object of mixing sand or coal ashes
or clinkers with clay."

"The reason is to break up the clay. Clay bakes hard, becomes sticky,
and little air or light gets into it. Ash or sand breaks it up. I think
that's about all I know about this."

"The soil is yours, young man, I shall be around to see your garden some
day. Remember good gardening means working your muscles hard."

"Thank you, Mr. Mills. By the way my arms and legs ache, I guess I know
about muscles."

"And remember too," continued Mr. Mills, "that certain vegetables are
very closely related and will intermingle. For example, do not plant
different kinds of corn close together. The pollen from one kind will
fertilize another kind and so you get a crossing which results in a
mongrel sort of corn. Melons and cucumbers will do the same thing. And
so care must be taken in order that this sort of intermingling does not
take place. You see, Jack, that there are many things a real good
gardener has to consider. Gardening is not only a matter of soil
preparation but it is also a matter of understanding plants and their
relations one to the other."

So the good soil was put on and Jack was ready for business. Straight
across the back was planted a row of sunflowers. Sunflower seeds belong
under the head of large seeds, and should be planted one inch deep and
one foot apart. Two seeds were placed in together. This is a safe plan,
because if one fails to come up, the other doubtless will come up. If
both appear, when the plants get about three inches high, pull out the
weaker one.

Then the boy planted a second row two feet from the first one. The first
row was planted close up to the fence. Jack found out that this was a
mistake. Always leave all about the garden a space of a foot or so, in
order that one may walk about freely and get at the rear row of plants
without trouble. Again, do not plant too close to a fence, unless the
planting be some vine or climbing plant, which you desire to have cover
the fence.

Next the aster plants were transplanted. This was done after the same
manner as the lettuce. They were placed about one foot apart each way.
These were put across the entire spot just as the sunflowers had been.
Thirty-two little aster plants were set out and still Jack had a number
left over. It is amazing the amount of aster plants one can raise from a
little packet of seeds. "I'm going to sell the rest of these aster
plants," he declared. And he did. The boy tramped about until he found a
lady desiring the plants, to whom he sold 50 little plants for $1 and
set them out for 50 cents.

The rest of the garden space was used for the onions, peppers, lettuce,
tomatoes and radish.

The onions transplanted from the coldframe gave fine early onions with a
mild flavour.

When Jack was making furrows for the sunflower seed Jay came along and
leaned over the fence. "Jack," he drawled, "you look like a kangaroo all
humped over making that furrow. Why don't you use your hoe right?"

"I thought I was using it right. Come in here and show me how, will
you?"

So Jay jumped the fence and picked up the hoe. "Stand this way! Straddle
the furrow with your back in the direction you are going to hoe; or else
stand on the left side of the furrow facing it. Grasp the handle of the
hoe in the right hand near the upper end. The back of your hand should
be up. Now the left hand should be a foot or more below the other hand.
And see the back of my hand. It is toward the left and my thumb points
down the handle, just so with the rake handle."

All summer long the boy worked or cultivated his piece of land. He kept
hoeing and weeding constantly.

One of the August pieces of work was to fix the hotbed for winter. Now
the frame was taken up and the pit dug deeper--about two feet this time.
Previous to this a great pile of manure had been heaped up near by. Jack
had sprinkled it with hot water to start fermentation. Steam rising from
the heap was proof of this, and it may be used at this time.

Then the manure was put into the pit. An eighteen-inch bed of it was
made and firmly tramped down. At first the temperature of this was over
one hundred degrees. When it dropped to ninety-five degrees soil was put
on. The temperature was taken by means of a thermometer buried in the
manure. The frame was placed after two inches of soil had been put in;
then four more inches went on. The surface of the soil was made to slope
at the same angle as the glass. All about the frame was banked, again,
manure covered with earth and leaf matter.

Jack transplanted violet plants into one compartment. These were good
violets and were placed four inches apart. In the second bed he sowed
foxglove, pansy and stock. The third was left for radish and lettuce, a
bit later.

Elizabeth helped him sew together several thicknesses of straw matting
as covering for the winter nights. They had decided that newspapers next
the glass, then the mats, and finally a rubber blanket, would be
protection sufficient.

But Jack's hotbed work is quite another story. However, I can tell you
that the next winter he added two other frames to this one.




X

ALBERT AND JAY'S DRAINAGE PROBLEM.


The problem of draining which Albert and Jay had to consider, was
perhaps the biggest piece of work that was done all that spring. In the
first place, it should have been done in the fall. That is the time to
do such work, for if put off until spring it delays greatly the spring
planting.

It was a wet spring, too. The boys, rather impatient of waiting, started
digging one day, but it ended in disaster. The ground was soft and wet
and hence very heavy to handle. This piece of land was one hundred feet
wide or deep. It had a frontage of one hundred and fifty feet. A slope
rose up in front of it, which accounted for the water being drained onto
this land. The water naturally would have run off the land into a brook
at the back. But in about the centre was a hollow, and beyond that the
ground rose a little, and then dropped toward the brook. The depression
made a kind of drain hole and the water settled there all the spring
through.

This strip of land of the boys was not by any means the entire piece of
land, which was much larger, but the boys' father had given them this
largely to try their mettle. He felt so certain they could not do it
that he said they might have all they needed from a pile of drain pipe
he intended to use himself on a piece of wet land the next fall. "I
shall have all my drain pipe left to me," he said to the boys' mother
one night. She smiled, for the boys had talked matters over a bit with
her.

Myron's strawberry bed was all made, Jack's garden-filling work done,
George's ploughing and planting finished, before the boys could lay the
drain.

"It's no use," said Albert, "I'm ready to give up."

"Now Savage, there's to be no quitting. I'd be ashamed of you, at least
we can surprise father."

"All right, Jay, I'm with you."

Finally the day came when The Chief and the boys started work. A drain
pipe should be laid ordinarily anywhere from twenty inches to three feet
deep. One may dig or plough to make the trench. It is wise to dig as
narrow a trench as possible and so lift as little soil as possible.
Then, too, the bed of the drain should slope gradually from the upper
or highest point to the lowest. The drop in level should be about four
inches per hundred feet. So the boys had to consider just this. This is
the way they "sighted" to get the drop in level. They drove a stake into
the ground at some twenty feet from the place where the drain was to
begin. Previously a cord had been stretched from one end of the centre
of the field to the other end. Since the centre of the field seemed to
be the place for the deposit of water the drain was to go directly
through the centre.

If you ever have a piece of draining to do the problem may not be so
simple as this. You may find several natural drainage areas. Then you
must lay drains through these. Or instead of separate drains make side
ones which empty into a main drain.

Going back again to the "sighting" for the drain bed level--the boys
have driven a stake into the ground. It stands five feet above the
ground level. If a tree had been in line with the drain line this might
have been used and saved driving the stakes. Across the stake, at right
angles to it, a board with a perfectly straight edge was nailed. This
board was about four feet long, one end pointed at the drain line. At
the other end Jay placed his eye looking across this to where Albert had
driven stakes.

One stake had been driven into the ground at the beginning where the
drain was to be dug; another at the extreme end or outlet of the drain.
Albert stood at the first stake and ran a little piece of paper slowly
up and down the stake until Jay raised his hand. This meant that the
paper was on the same line with the sighting board. Then Albert ran to
the other stake and did the same. The difference in these two points
gives the difference in level of the ground. Albert measured from the
ground to his mark on the first stake, and, doing the same in the case
of the other stake, found the difference to be eight inches. This was
too great a drop. Then the boys drove two stakes in between these others
and did the same work of level finding. From stake 1 to 2, or for the
first twenty-five feet there was no difference in level. For the first
fifty feet there was four inches drop; for the next twenty-five feet,
five inches rise; and the last twenty-five feet, six inches drop. They
marked all this on the stakes in order to make sure they got the level
right. The bed must, you see, drop one inch for every twenty-five feet.
For the first fifty feet of the line the drop was just twice too much;
then came the abrupt rise and drop.

Albert ploughed a furrow straight along the line and ploughed back
again. Then he reploughed. The boys then began to dig, making a ditch
three feet deep right through the land. In order to get the right level
they used a home-made device and plumb-line which can be made as
follows: Nail the ends of two six-inch boards ten feet long, so as to
make a right angle; then across the open end of the triangle, nail
another six-inch board having the lower edge about a foot from the ends
of the boards. Cut off the ends of the boards on a level, so that they
will rest evenly on the ground. Next drive a nail into the apex of the
triangle, and to it tie a line long enough so that when the triangle is
stood on its legs, the plumb-bob, which you will tie on the other end of
it, will almost reach the ground.

The centre must next be determined. To do it, set the triangle up on its
legs on a level place and when the plumb-line comes to rest, mark the
place. A lead-pencil mark will do, but as it is liable to become
obliterated by the dirt, a saw mark is more permanent.

Now you know what the grade of the bottom of your ditch will be.
Reproduce this on a level place by means of a board with a large enough
block under one end to give the right pitch; put the triangle on this
and when the plumb-line comes to a rest, mark the place on the cross
piece. Reverse the ends of the triangle to get a similar mark on the
other side of the centre or level mark. This makes a level by which a
fairly accurate grade can be made.

The tile pipes were laid upon a bed of gravel. This prevents the
clogging up of the loosely put together joints. To fit tiles place the
small end of one into the large end of the next, and so on. Over the end
of the last tile, which emptied into the brook, they wired a bit of
rather fine-meshed chicken wire.

Then the trench was filled in. By test Albert had found the soil of this
land acid. Lime was to be put on it. Now lime must be in a crumbling
state for this purpose. So after they had bought the lime they dumped it
in a heap on a corner of the plot. After it had become air slaked, or
reduced to a powder by the action of air upon it, it was spread over the
lot. This and considerable fertilizer was ploughed in. The boys then had
an ideal sort of planting soil for almost anything. The drain actually
worked.

Now some boy may ask, suppose a fellow has no tile and cannot afford to
buy any. In such a case there are two alternatives or choices. A wooden
trough may be made by nailing together boards six inches wide. Then make
a gravel bed and tip this trough over on it peak up. The wooden drain,
however, is likely to rot. The other way is to put a double row of
stones right through the centre of the bed slope. These
stones--perfectly flat ones--should be placed on end with a foot between
the rows. In this space put small stones.

The chief thing to remember in the drainage problem is that one wants a
gradual flow of water from inlet to outlet. Any boy can fix his wet,
soggy garden spot even though he has no tiles. Stones can be found
surely, and, if no gravel beds are near, all the little brothers and
sisters can pick small stones.

The boys had decided on planting what they called a general vegetable
garden--corn, pumpkins, beans (bush), melons, tomatoes, beets and
carrots. This combination of vegetables was a happy choice as they all
can well wait until rather late for planting. The boys used the planting
table that Peter had worked out.

[Illustration: Photograph by H.L. Schultz

<b>Jay's Tile Drain Converted a Swamp Into a Garden</b>]

Many times boys and girls are bothered by the word "hill". I have seen
boys make nice little heaps of earth and then make a hole in the top of
these like a crater in a volcano. Down into this crater they poke
seeds. Now a hill merely means a place. This place is not to be heaped
up above the level of the ground. Place five seeds to the hill. Do not,
of course, make a little pile of these seeds but lay them on the ground
with a little space between seeds, say an inch. When planting beans
place the eye of each bean down against the ground. The bean stands up
on edge.

The pumpkins were planted in between the hills of corn. This is just the
place to plant pumpkin or squash because there is opportunity sufficient
for the vines to run. Remember not to plant these two together.

Soon after the pumpkins began to come up the boys noticed one morning
that the leaves had been eaten. Some were completely riddled, looking
like lace work. Digging about the ground Albert found a black and white
striped beetle. Its name is the Striped Beetle. The boys killed these in
the course of three days. They bought five cents' worth of white
hellebore, which is a powder, and sprinkled it on the ground in a circle
about the stems of the young plants. They made the circles some six
inches from the plant stalk. Doing this at night, the evening dews
prevented the scattering about of the powder. They put this on for
three nights. Afterwards sand was sprinkled lightly over the hills and
at the end of the runners. This makes a discouraging sort of prospect
for the beetle who is hunting for something good to eat, not sand to
walk over. If instead of sand they had used lime it would have been
better. For the lime is quite likely to form a sticky mass on the legs
of the insect pest. The moisture from dew or rainwater helps this along,
while sand is far more likely to drop off the victim's legs. The Chief
felt sure that besides the beetles there were slugs in the garden. Slugs
are very likely to bother. They appear early in the season, feed chiefly
at night and after rains, and lay eggs throughout the summer and autumn.
These eggs are laid in the ground and in rubbish heaps.

The treatment suggested above and started just as soon as there are
signs of slugs, will work. The boys treated their melons in the same way
and had no further trouble with beetles and slugs.

The tomato plants were started inside. They were transplanted into
strawberry baskets. These are excellent to use, because in transplanting
to the ground the little strawberry baskets may be knocked apart without
disturbing the plant nearly so much as if it were planted in a compact
box. Be sure to line the basket with paper before filling with earth.
When the plants began to straggle about and bend over stakes were driven
into the ground and the plants tied to these.

Jay used hoops and made a sort of cage for the separate plants. He drove
four stakes into the ground at distances of eighteen inches from the
stalk and in a circular form. Then slipping hoops over the plant he
nailed these hoops to the stakes. Some plants had two hoops about them,
some three; it all depends on the size and needs of the plant. Only keep
this in mind; that the object in staking tomatoes is not only to keep
the plant erect, and the fruit off of the ground, but to allow plenty of
light and air to get at all parts of the plant.

The bean culture resulted in a little private contest between Albert and
Jay. That winter The Chief had given the boys a talk on inoculation of
soil. One day while they were working on their land Jay suggested that
they separate the bean section of their garden, having a bean plot at
one end and another of the same size at the extreme other end; that one
of them should inoculate the soil of his plot and the other should not.
These plots being so far removed would not be in danger of soil washing
one from the other. Albert, who rather scorned inoculation of soil,
willingly agreed to make the experiment, stipulating that he have the
uninoculated plot.

By inoculation of the soil is meant introducing into the soil a germ.
This germ makes it possible that the nitrogen already in the soil be
given to the plant in such a form that it may be absorbed, and absorbed
in greater quantities than it otherwise could be.

Jay sent to the nearest State Agricultural Experiment Station, asking
for the soil. This was sent free of charge. It was a soil, fine in
texture and brown in appearance. According to the directions sent with
it Jay spread it evenly over the top of his bean patch. A piece of land
for inoculation should be prepared all ready for planting; then the
inoculated soil is merely put over this, as frosting on a cake. After
this the seeds are planted. They planted bush limas. Of course they had
to plant the same kind of bean for the sake of the experiment.

Beans are not hard to cultivate. They should be kept free from weeds and
the soil well stirred up. Albert, fearful of his beans becoming affected
by spots or anthracnose, sprayed them from the start. This disease is
likely to affect beans about July. So in order to get ahead of the
inoculated crop the boy did what he later found there was no need of. To
be sure beans are liable to this trouble, but it is not a surety. It is
never likely to appear unless the weather be very moist. This summer
happened to be a dry one.

The spray he used was the Bordeaux mixture. His father offered to supply
him with the mixture if he would do mixing for both. So he used this
receipt: Dissolve six pounds of copper sulphate in six gallons of water.
It is an excellent plan to crush up this chemical in a mortar and put
this powder into a bag. Hang the bag up so it just touches the surface
of the water. Add twenty-five gallons of water to this. To four pounds
of slaked lime add twenty-five gallons of water. Then add this solution
to the other.

The boy's father had a spraying machine. So Albert used this. I have
known boys to use a corn broom to spray with. Dip this in the spraying
mixture and shake over the foliage. The only spraying rule Albert used
was to keep the foliage covered with the mixture; this does not mean
many applications.

At the close of the bean season Jay had the finer, larger, beans with a
better flavour. His yield was one-third greater than Albert's.

"And think, too, how I worked," Albert moaned. "Hereafter I shall not
make fun of inoculation."

There is not much more to tell of this garden. The poppies yielded well.
These were supported as they grew by stakes, as tomatoes are. Carrots
need rather mellow, upland soil. The boys found that their carrots did
not do so well as the other vegetables. The soil was a bit heavy and
moist for them. They found this out about beets: beets should not be
transplanted. Transplanting puts them back. Albert transplanted a few
and learned this fact.




XI

GEORGE'S CABBAGE TROUBLES


George had a long task in stone picking. The old slope seemed to be full
of stone. George would pick continuously from school to supper time, and
next morning declare that new stones had grown in the night.

The ditching was very little work. It meant digging a ditch about two
feet deep and then making at either end of this gutter a side ditch at a
very severe angle to the main ditch. These side ditches were directed
along the sides of the hill for about six feet, and the water thus
directed would conduct itself off. Of course the angle was such that
the ditch led away from the garden spot.

[Illustration:

              SLOPE            SLOPE
              ---------------------
            /        DITCH          \
    SIDE   /   --------------------  \  SIDE
    SLOPE /  /                     \  \ SLOPE
         /  /        GARDEN         \  \
        /  /                         \  \

Picture this as the ditch George dug right above his garden. The water
passed through the side slopes away from the garden.]

As the stones were picked off he piled them into the gutter, where this
stony bottom also helped the drainage problem.

George was a master hand at ploughing, for he had always done his share
of it, so ploughing meant nothing to him. First, you will remember
George had one foot of dressing to put on the land. This he ploughed in;
and then reploughed. After this the slope was harrowed. You all know
that the harrow simply makes fine the soil after the plough has done its
work of throwing up the earth. The rake is a kind of harrow. Of course,
when the garden plot is large, the rake is impossible, and then the
harrow, really a big rake dragged by a horse, must do this work.

It took the boy longer than some of the others to do his work, for
George did more work at home than the others. He was probably better
informed on farm matters, however. His father was a real farmer; the
other boys' fathers farmed, too, but not as a business.

Anticipating the amount of time this preparatory work would take he had
not started his cabbage inside. To get an early crop of cabbage, seed
must be planted in January or February; then one may start in March.
But for the late crop plant in the open in May or June. This is just
what George did.

He made furrows straight down his sunny southern slope. These furrows
were two feet apart. The seed, of Savoy cabbage, was sprinkled in the
furrows. This was done after rain. Cabbage needs much moisture for quick
germination. George might have poured water into the furrows and puddled
or stirred the earth a bit, if the garden had been small, but his was
too large for this, so he took advantage of Nature's watering. When the
plants were about two inches above ground they were thinned out to stand
two feet apart in the furrow.

Cabbage, you know, is quite likely to become infested by pests. Perhaps
the most common of which are lice or aphis and the cabbage worm, a green
caterpillar. Therefore it is well to try a little prevention. So all
over the ground about the plants sprinkle unslaked lime. Tobacco dust or
soot may be used for this purpose, too. Good cultivation also helps
prevent these pests.

One row of cabbage began to develop worms. These George picked off, but
he found that he could not keep up with them; so The Chief advised him
to buy a little pyrethrum powder at the store. This he mixed with five
times its bulk of dust. Putting the mixture into an old potato sack he
shook it over the infested heads of cabbage.

Except for this drawback the cabbage did well. He lost the infested row
of cabbage. For he pulled them all up, spaded the ground over, and
sprinkled it with the poison mixture. All the other cabbage heads were
sprinkled with it, too. One may easily lose all his cabbage from these
worms.

In the fall the cabbages were harvested. This was about the last of
October. George pulled them up by the roots. He found some of the heads
rather soft, some bursting open. As it does not pay to keep such cabbage
over, these were fed to the cattle--a gift, George called it, to pay for
the fertilizer.

All the fine solid heads are worth storing. In order to get nice white
inner leaves, as the head begins to form break and bend over the outer
leaves and those that protect the inner ones. It is a sort of blanching
or bleaching process. Two hundred fine firm heads were the result of the
work of this boy.

"What are you going to do with all these, I'd like to know?" asked Jack.

"I expect to store a number of them--one hundred and fifty, I should
say. I'm going to give away fifty. In the winter I hope to sell about
one hundred of my stored ones."

George's way of storing cabbages is a good one. A spot was ploughed in
the orchard between the rows of trees. Then the cabbages were piled in a
neat pile roots up, one cabbage fitting into the other. All about and
over this heap a layer of straw about four inches thick was placed. To
hold the pile in place stakes were driven in about its base. To hold the
straw, branches were placed over the whole and boards put on last. The
straw packing kept the cabbage from freezing. If George's father had had
a good tight shed the cabbage could have been stored on shelves in this.
The ordinary home cellar is no place for storage of cabbage.

Later in the winter he sold one hundred heads of cabbage to the markets
in a near-by city. These he sold at two cents per head. They kept fifty
at home.

The boys tried long and hard to find out where the other fifty went. But
George would not tell. There was an orphans' home some few miles from
the village. It seems that at one time an appeal had been made at the
school to the boys and girls to give whatever they could to this home.
At that time George had nothing to give. No one knew how badly the boy
felt, so as his cabbages grew the lad made a pledge with himself to give
one quarter of his cabbage to this home. One evening in late October,
George had hitched up an old farm horse, loaded his cabbage in, and had
driven over to the home.

The Chief learned of his kindness one December evening, when he visited
the matron to see about Christmas gifts for the children. She told him
that one evening in the fall a bashful lad had brought a load of cabbage
to her, but would not tell his name. As the man walked home he thought
of the really splendid ending of George's cabbage experiment. After all
a garden reaches its real work when some of its product is given to
those who are in need.

"Now I see," said The Chief out loud, as he walked past George's house
on his homeward way, "why George made out of his garden so much less
than the others. I never could understand why he lost the prize. I am
glad there are boys who care less for money than for other things."




XII

PETER, POTATOES, AND PROFIT


Peter had a mile to go to his garden, which was on his grandfather's
farm. This farm land, you will remember, was especially good.

The ploughing, fertilizing and harrowing were done for Peter. The soil
was just the sort potatoes thrive on, a sandy loam. After the furrows
had been made about six inches deep and two feet apart, Peter put a
sprinkling of chemical fertilizer into the bottom of each furrow. This
was sprinkled on as one puts salt on potato before eating it. Over this
he placed some dirt so the fertilizer would not burn the potato.

Early the morning of planting Peter cut his seed potatoes. The date was
the 1st of April, not a bit too soon to get in early potatoes.

The seed potatoes chosen were fair, smooth specimens of good size. These
he cut so that only one eye was left to a piece of potato the size of a
hen's egg. These pieces were dropped into the furrows at distances of
fifteen inches apart and four inches deep. After covering, the man went
over the potato patch with a harrow. A boy might use a rake for this
work, but as Peter's patch was a small part of his grandfather's field
the harrowing of the whole was done by the man.

When the little potato plants were well up Peter sprayed them with Paris
green. This was wise because he thus got ahead of the potato bug. Some
one may like to know how to mix up Paris green. The proportion used was
one tablespoonful to a pail of water. This was put on with a watering
pot every two weeks, thus Peter kept his potatoes quite free from bugs.

Although the rest of the potato patch was cultivated by the horse, Peter
used the hoe. He could not plough, for Peter was a rather small boy for
his age and not very muscular. The secret of potato culture is to
cultivate well and keep the bugs down.

He dug his potatoes about the middle of June. From the one quarter acre
his grandfather had lent him for his garden Peter dug seven bushels of
potatoes. At the time new potatoes were selling for $1.25 per bushel.
His father bought three bushels and the other four were sold in the city
to Philip's mother and friends.

The constant working of the soil for potato culture gets it into a fine
mellow condition exactly right for celery. Peter's grandfather suggested
that the boy put this in, and so have another crop, a fall one.

Although this soil had been well fertilized in the spring for the
potatoes this was yet not sufficient for celery culture. Celery ought to
be started either indoors in flats, or in a hothouse or seed bed late in
February--transplanted to other flats, and again finally to the open
ground.

To prepare for the celery trenches were dug three feet apart and one
foot wide. The earth thrown out in trench digging was piled between the
ditches to be used later in banking up the celery. These trenches were
six inches deep. In the bottom of the trench was put some enriched
manure. This was of different materials. Peter used well-rotted barnyard
dressing, a little hen manure, and about the same quantity of chemical
fertilizer. Hen manure is rich, so he did not use the bulk of that. Over
this was put an inch of soil.

Celery plants should be set about six inches apart in the trench. First
cut them back; that is, cut off about one quarter of the root and
one-third of the top. This cutting back increases the spread of
root-growth later and decreases the amount of respiration of water from
the leaves. The top alone grows more stocky and bulky.

Firm the plants well. That is, press the soil firmly about the roots and
stalk. When the plant has received its growth it must be blanched. This
process not only whitens celery, but also takes the bitter taste out of
it. This may be done in various ways, but Peter used the earth process.
He tied the bunches up together with bits of raffia. This was done
merely to keep the earth from pressing in between the stalks. Then the
earth which had been left in between the trenches was drawn up with the
hoe about the stalks until only the top leaves poked out above. Do not
do all this banking at once. Take several days at it. Boards may be
placed along the sides of the banked celery hills.

Peter having heard of the self-blanching kinds told his grandfather that
he would plant this kind to obviate blanching. But there were two
drawbacks. In the first place, he had waited too late to start seed. And
secondly, these varieties, too, should be bleached to take out the
bitter taste. So Peter bought young celery plants from his grandfather.
He paid $1 for two hundred small plants. Later in November he sold these
to the same market where his potatoes had gone. Fifty bunches he sold
to his father. These were left protected in the ground for use when
needed. The rest he sold in the city. From his celery he made $1.80. In
all the lad made $9.55. This was a pretty good sum to make. So Peter's
saying of "potatoes and profit" actually worked out.




XIII

PHILIP'S BACKYARD


On a beautiful Saturday in late April one might have seen The Chief and
his boys boarding the train for the city. It was the day set apart for
helping Philip.

The boy had cleared up the yard ready for work. You will remember shrubs
were to be planted, a walk and cement pond made, and a little gardening
done. The shrubs were planted as the school trees were. One must be
careful to dig the hole large enough to receive the roots of the shrub.
If old shrubs are transplanted be sure to cut out all the old wood, and
also cut the top back severely; that is, reduce it to one-third its
former size.

It was great fun to make the little pond. Such a pond may be used for
fish or for water plants or for both. Do not make too large a one,
unless you have a very large yard. The smaller ones are easier to care
for, and more pleasing in appearance.

First stake off the outside limits for the pond. Philip's was to be four
feet by two and one-half feet. Dig down three feet. Fill in the bottom
of the pond up to fifteen inches of the top with large stones. Then in
between and over these put small stones so that you have filled in about
six to eight inches of the cavity. Now it is time to mix cement. Mix
only a little at a time. Get a board about two feet square. With a
trowel put on the board one part of Portland cement to three parts of
sand. Have a watering pot full of water at hand. Add water enough each
time to the cement and sand to make a soft but not running mass. If it
be possible for you to have small stones to put in, it will improve the
mortar you are mixing. These stones should not be larger than one inch
in size. Add four parts of these to the mixture.

Now over the bottom of the pond put on the paste about three inches
thick. Fill in with the trowel and smooth it off with the back of this
same tool. The sides are the next job. Put a board slantwise against the
bottom of the pond so there is a space between the board and the side
you are to plaster. Drop the mortar down into this space and press the
board against the sides. This firms the mortar. Keep up this work all
around the sides of the pond.

Another way to do this work is to make a box that will fit approximately
into the pond, but that gives a space all around over three inches from
the sides. Then the mortar may be dropped in. After three days knock out
the box and you have the inside all right. If you wet the sides and
bottom of the box the mortar will cling to it less.

If the mortar looks rather rough after you finish, mix cement with
water, take a whisk broom and with this brush the paste all over the
bottom and sides of the pond. All around the ground by the pond, mortar
for about six inches. This prevents the breaking in of the edges.

Albert and George, who worked on this job, did the mortaring the first
way. The pond was left unfilled for a week to dry thoroughly. Then after
placing two inches of sand in the bottom it was filled with water.
Philip bought two pond lily roots. He tied stones with string on the
roots of the plants to keep them down: otherwise they would have bobbed
up and floated on the surface of the water. Some one gave him two water
hyacinths.

In the middle of the yard a round bed was made. To do this take a cord
and tie a stake at either end. The cord should be whatever length you
have decided shall be the radius of the circle. The radius of a circle,
you remember, is the distance from the centre to the circumference.

Now drive one of the stakes into the ground at the exact centre. Grasp
in your hand the other stake and swing a circle with it. The stake will
scratch a well-defined line so that you have the outline of the circle,
the boundary of the bed.

Jay spaded down to about six inches all along the outlines of bed. After
that the bed itself was spaded. Philip insisted on outlining it with
brick which had been given him. Some children use whitewashed stones,
some use shells. Either plan gives a spotty effect. The idea fails of
being artistic. A neat cutting of the turf and a slight heaping up of a
round bed toward the centre gives after all a far more pleasing effect.
Try to keep as near to Nature's own plan as you can. Shells belong on
the seashore or in a collection; keep stones for road making, wall
building, cement work and curbs; bricks are for foundations and
buildings. Rarely use things for what they were not intended. It is
better usually to border a bed with low-growing flowers. Ageratum,
candytuft and dwarf nasturtiums are good for the purpose.

Along a walk to an old outhouse they planted asters on one side and four
o'clocks on the other. Asters, as all boys and girls know, are better if
started inside early. Then they may be transplanted to the outside. In
his way one gets a bit ahead of the season.

But Philip was obliged to plant seed for both. So he planted it in a
drill as one plants lettuce. Later the little seedlings were thinned out
to stand six inches apart. This thinning was done when the plants were
four inches high. Four o'clocks need lots of room as they grow bushy.

Plants in narrow strips are quite likely to drop over their limits. To
keep these in bounds Philip later built a fence. For this he used stakes
driven into the ground at intervals of every four feet. To these he
nailed strips of railing. Sometimes cords are used instead of railings.

An old fence was all about the yard and an old unused outbuilding in the
rear. These were both unsightly in appearance, so they had to be hidden.
Vines were used for this purpose.

About six inches from the fence a furrow was made four inches deep.
Climbing nasturtium seeds were dropped into this furrow at distances of
every four inches. The seeds had been soaked over night. This was
because the ground was very dry and the weather was now quite settled
and warm. If the ground is wet and the weather cold, never soak seed. It
just adds to the general soggy condition to do this.

[Illustration: Photograph by Mary H. Northend.

Philip's Backyard Made Beautiful by Annuals and Quick-growing Vines.]

Morning-glory seeds were planted along the end of the fence by the
outbuilding and all around it. After these climbing things began to grow
the pretty effect of the vines was amazing.

Many times one has to train vines so they will grow where one wishes. In
such cases drive small stakes into the ground back of where the vine is
planted. Tie a cord or string to the stake and carry this up to where
you wish the vine to go. The string may be attached in the best way,
according to the place. If it is to an old building, drive a nail into
the side, roof or peak of this. Some people make latticed trellises.
These may be made from laths.

A neighbour gave Philip some canna bulbs which he planted in an old
sieve filled with rich dirt. Canna bulbs look much like sweet potatoes.
Usually a bit of stalk is left on the bulb. Leave this in planting above
ground for about one-half inch. Dig a hole large enough to place the
canna bulb and deep enough so the stalk comes above the ground. Place
one big, fat bulb, or two or three little chaps in one spot. Leave about
one foot between plantings.

In the fall after frost cut off the stalks about two inches above the
ground, dig up the bulbs, shake all dirt off, and put into a box with a
little thoroughly dry dirt until spring. Leave this box where it is
dark and cool.

It would have been far better had Philip planted the cannas either in
the round bed or against the fence as a screen. As a general rule the
planting in tubs, kettles, kegs and similar receptacles is not only
inartistic, but gives the plant very confined and cramped quarters. When
possible plant right out in the ground. Window boxes and roof gardening
in boxes is "another story."

The cost of Philip's flower garden was 25 cents. He bought five-cent
packages of each of the flower seeds. The cannas cost nothing. The
shrubs were $1, the cement 70 cents, and the water-lily roots 50 cents.
So the total cost for changing an ugly yard to a mass of flowers was
$2.46.

Philip's clearing up seemed to be catching for the girl across the
street started in with her work. For ten cents she bought a collection
of flower seed. These seed were planted in three-foot beds. The beds
were banked up or supported by strips of board. This same girl planted
flowers in two old kettles and set one upon an empty cask and the other
on an old drain tile. But she later decided very wisely that this was
not after all so very pretty. Kettles are better for potato boiling than
for flowers.

But such a good time as she had all summer in her own green, pleasant
backyard! And so had Philip, too! "Just a few cents and some hard work
will change your backyard into something beautiful," Philip was heard to
say one day to a group of city boys.




XIV

THE CORN CONTEST


Each boy was to take a certain number of hills of corn in his father's
corn patch. He was to select his seed corn after a few suggestions given
him by The Chief. These hills of selected corn were to be cared for by
the boy himself, but it was perfectly legitimate that the soil be
prepared for him, since most of the boys were to plant in their fathers'
cornfields.

In the growing of corn the first matter for a boy or girl to consider is
the selection of the seed. Corn should be selected carefully by the
individual stalk; that is, choose ears from stalks bearing an ear or
ears at, or a little below, the middle of the stalk.

The stalk itself should be thick and free from suckers or any evidence
of disease. The ear should be cylindrical. The kernels should be deep
setting, uniform and compact. Then the cob should not be too large. Look
at some samples. See how some ears have too large a cob, others too
small, while still others show a right amount of cob.

The butt and tip of the ear should be well filled out. Look for a
perfect ear. The kernels are uniform in size, in even rows, with only a
slight space between rows. See the tip and butt. Very little space is
lost at the butt. You have seen ears where the butt was all space.

There is still another sort of corn. It might be called mongrel. Any one
can raise such corn. Good care shows in corn as good breeding does in
boys and girls.

One more point the boys were told to consider in selecting seed ears,
that was the relation of the circumference of the ear to its length. An
ear should have a fairly large circumference at the base and taper
toward the tip. To estimate relation of circumference to length, which
should be as three is to four, measure the ear one-third the distance
from butt to tip. So if the ear is eight inches long the circumference
should be about six inches.

All the boys but Jack and Myron tested their seed corn to be sure of its
vitality. Peter went a little further than the other boys. He not only
tested for general vitality, but he tested for vitality among the ears
he had selected as good seed ears. This he did in the following manner:
He chose twenty-five ears, and used four kernels from each ear. First a
soup plate was filled with sand. This was moistened by dropping a little
water on the sand. Sand must not be too wet for this work. He
partitioned off the sand-bed into rows with cardboard between them. On
the cardboards was marked over each row of four kernels the number of
the ear from which they came. The sand was moistened each day. Peter
worked out from this the best ears for quick germination.

The next point to be considered in corn culture is that of the soil.
Soil for corn should be mellow and fine. If it has vegetable matter or
humus in it, then its value as a corn-growing soil is increased.
Fertilize well and plough, or if the plot is small, spade. You ought to
have surely eight inches of good, mellow soil. In planting corn place
five kernels in a hill. You will remember that a hill means a place. For
corn which grows high make the hills four feet apart; while for the low
growing varieties place three feet apart. Cover the early varieties with
one inch of soil; the later varieties with one-half inch.

As the corn shoots begin to appear every boy should appear with his hoe
or cultivator, for one secret of good gardening is constant cultivation
or stirring of the soil. Water, as you know, rises in the ground and
coming to the surface evaporates. Now the point is to keep the moisture
in the ground for the plant's food supply. So if one keeps stirring the
soil he makes a layer of earth which stops the water as it rises. We
call this a mulch.

When the shoots are six inches high choose the three finest little corn
seedlings in the group of five. Pull the others out. The reason for
putting in five kernels in the first place, instead of three, is that
some may not come up. And, too, some that do come up may be poor and
sickly.

Myron did a very stupid thing. At least he called it stupid. Some one
sent him a packet of seed popcorn. Myron thought it would be pretty
interesting to raise some and supply the club with popcorn at its
meetings all the next winter. Now Myron did not know that from the corn
tassels the pollen when ripe or dry blows all over the corn field. This
pollen falls on the silk of corn plants anywhere in the field. The
pollen fertilizes the plant and the ear of corn sets and grows. Because
the pollen being light is blown to such distances and because different
kinds of corn can interpollinate, is reason enough for not planting
different varieties of corn in one patch.

Myron's popcorn and sweet corn fertilized each other and he got a corn
which was a cross between the sweet corn and popcorn. He learned a
lesson of pollination, but at the expense of the corn crop.

One may plant early and late corn in the same patch but otherwise he
should stick to one kind of corn.

The boys in the fall were to submit twelve of the finest ears they had
raised. These were to be scored or sized up as follows:

    ----------------------------------------------------------
    | NAME OF CONTESTANT |  VARIETY OF   | DATES OF PLANTING |
    |                    |     CORN      |                   |
    | .................. | ..............| ................. |
    |------------------------------------|-------------------|
    | (1) Ear:                           |         |         |
    |     A. Trueness to type            |   10    |         |
    |     B. Shape                       |   10    |    20   |
    |------------------------------------|---------|---------|
    | (2) Filling of:                    |         |         |
    |     A. Tip                         |   10    |         |
    |     B. Butt                        |   10    |    20   |
    |------------------------------------|---------|---------|
    | (3) Kernels:                       |         |         |
    |     A. Shape                       |    6    |         |
    |     B. Arrangement of cob          |   12    |         |
    |     C. Depth                       |    6    |         |
    |     D. Colour                      |    6    |    30   |
    |------------------------------------|---------|---------|
    | (4) Measurements of ear:           |         |         |
    |     A. Length                      |   10    |         |
    |     B. Circumference               |   10    |    20   |
    |------------------------------------|---------|---------|
    | (5) Proportion of Corn to Cob:     |   10    |    10   |
    |------------------------------------|---------|---------|
    |                                      Total       100   |
    |--------------------------------------------------------|

This score card needs a little explanation. Take up (1) Ear, first. All
the twelve ears presented ought to be much alike; that is, like the type
or parent ear you are striving to produce again. So if, out of twelve
specimens, six were fine ears and the other six were rather poor, then
surely ten credits or points could not be given. The shape of an ear
should in general be tapering, well rounded a little below the centre,
and tapering not too abruptly toward the tip.

The second point is the Filling of the Tip and Butt. The tip should be
filled with even, regularly arranged kernels. It should not be too
pointed nor too blunt. The butts should be covered over with kernels
except where a deep, clean-cut depression is left. Here, as in the tips,
the shape has to be considered, for flattened and blunted butts are bad
form.

As to Kernels, they should be uniform and well-shaped, not only on the
single cob, but in all the specimens. The furrows must be uniform,
regular, and with only a slight space between. To determine depth cut a
square inch right out of an ear. All kernels should be of one colour. If
a red kernel is in with the white then there has been an intermixing.
All kernels on all ears ought to have the colour of those of the type
form.

Not only should there be a proper proportion between Length of Ear and
Circumference, but an ear may be too long. The usual length of ears is
from eight to twelve inches, according to variety.

We have spoken of cob-relation before. This cannot be determined
accurately by your eye but must be done by weight; so shell the corn,
weighing the ear first. Now weigh the cob. The difference is weight of
corn. Divide the weight of the corn by the weight of the ear. This gives
per cent. of corn. For the exhibit the boys afterward used half their
samples submitted and reckoned per cent. on this. The proper percentage
of corn to cob should be 86 or 87 per cent. You can easily find out if
you come up to standard.

Myron brought in some corn merely to show his mistake but of course did
not submit any.

Jack, you will remember, did not test his corn and results showed this.
Out of his twelve samples there were two good ears. The others showed
many changes. The poorly filled tips, irregular rows, and wide space
between rows--all these scored against Jack. George's corn was thrown
out because black kernels were found here and there in with the others.

Albert's and Jay's Peep-o-day came out in fine shape. But Peter's
Country Gentleman after all had the record. Philip dropped out of the
race because he went on a summer vacation. So for a slight amount Peter
took over Philip's corn hills.

That fall the boys made very careful selection of seed corn.

"After all," Myron said one night at club meeting, "although Peter's
corn was the only really fine specimen, I think some of the rest of us
got fully as much out of the corn contest."

"So do I," added Jack; "and I, for one, shall test corn after this."

"I think our corn was pretty good," Albert went on in a half-injured
way; "but we are going to beat that record next year. We shall rotate
our crop, planting our corn where the beans were this season. That's a
thing fellows ought to know; that it's a mighty good thing to rotate
crops."

"What's that?" asked Philip.

"Rotating crops means not always planting the same crop on the same
piece of land, but changing every two or three years. It happens that
beans are very good to plant before corn. They do not take from the
soil, The Chief says, what the corn needs. So a piece of soil planted to
beans gets in shape for corn planting another year. It would not be well
to plant corn on a certain piece of land more than two successive
years. Then something else should be planted on this land and the corn
put somewhere else."

"Good!" said The Chief. "Some day we shall discuss rotation of crops
more fully. There are no end of topics for us to work over this next
winter."




XV

THE GIRLS' SECRET WORK


The girls were each to raise something special at their own home and
then each was to have a share in a big garden. Katharine, who had quite
a lovely yard, was to give the space for the general garden. This was
largely because Katharine's home was on the river road, a bit out of the
village and near none of the boys' places, for the girls wished to keep
the knowledge of their work from the boys as long as possible. Helena
lived next house to George and the land she might have used for this big
garden would have bordered George's corn patch. So that, of course,
would never do.

The garden while formal was ornamental. The girls were all to work on
the staking out and preparation. But each girl was then to take a
section of it and plant and care for that.

Katharine was to take the centre portion of grass and cannas. Now a
grass plot is very pleasing in a garden. It is restful to the eye and is
much more harmonious with the other colours in a garden than a mass of
brilliant blossoms. Cannas have some height, a delicate splash of colour
in the blossom and so work in well. It is always well to put some
tall-growing plant in the centre. The effect is that of working up to a
climax. One should not immediately jump from very low flowers in the
beds to a few tall ones in the centre. This is ludicrous. Make the
gradation gradual from low to high.

This garden of the girls may seem almost to violate this principle. Not
so, for the nasturtiums merely acted as a border. Then all around the
garden were the zinnias, poppies and marigolds a step up to the cannas.
One may buy tall or rather low growing cannas. These latter grow about
four feet high. They chose these low ones with yellow and orange in the
blossom to harmonize with the yellow and orange of the nasturtiums.

Note the proportional amount of grass space in the girls' garden.
Observe too that it is the centre of interest.

The nasturtium border was Elizabeth's. Zinnias were chosen by Helena,
and Katharine was to help in this work. Eloise loving the mignonette had
asked for it, poppies were Josephine's and marigold was for Dee. Ethel
wanted the border of sweet alyssum although it represented a long strip
to work.

[Illustration Diagram: Scale 1/8 in.-1 ft.

Note the proportional amount of grass space in the girls' garden.
Observe, too, that it is the centre of interest.]

If you think over this garden with its brilliant poppy colour, the
heavy yellow of the marigold, the lighter colour effect of yellow in the
nasturtium, the dark red zinnia--quite a splash of colour, was it not?
In order to have great masses of brilliant colour in the same garden one
must break them in some way. There are two possibilities that are good:
first, paths between beds, and second, borders of white or
inconspicuously coloured plants. Sweet alyssum is good for this purpose
and so too is mignonette. Mignonette has such a small and modest little
flower that one thinks always of mignonette in terms of green. The
mignonette was massed at the entrance of the garden for pleasing and
subdued effect.

In staking out a garden it is well first to put heavy stakes, like the
ones the boys made, in each of the four corners of the entire plot and
put a string around. This strings off the outline of the entire garden.
Sight along the lines as Jay and Albert did to be sure the lines are
straight. In sloping land true up with great care. On a level bit of
land sighting is easy.

Next if there is a main path string that off using twine, stakes and
always sighting. If the garden is a large one of many small plots the
next thing to do is to string lengthwise the entire garden, measuring
off plots and paths. Then widthwise measure off paths. The side paths
give you the width-boundary of the plots. But the paths have cords
through portions of them. So put stakes in the corners of the plots. Cut
the cord in the centres of cross paths and tie to stakes. If carefully
done each plot is marked off shipshape.

In general make the main paths four feet wide, plot paths or side paths
eighteen inches. Plots with widths about one-third of the lengths are
right. This did not hold true for this garden since the beds were long
narrow strips. In such cases the width should be a comfortable one to
lean over and work across.

In staking such a garden plot as the girls' it is well to first line off
with stakes and cord the entire outline of the garden. Then next string
off main paths and intermediate ones. It is very easy then to string off
the beds, for the path boundaries have done most of the work for you.

The girls planted all their seeds except poppy and grass seed in drills
just as one plants lettuce and radish. This is a far easier way to plant
since as the little seedlings come up one can easily distinguish the
nice even row of little plants from weeds. They decided later that it
would have been easier if the poppy had come up in drills. For it came
up in little tufts here and there. And, sad to say, the poppy does not
stand transplanting.

In making drills take two stakes and a string. To either end of the
string tie a stake. The length of the string after tying should be the
length of the drill one wishes to make. This will be usually either the
length or width of the bed. This, then, is your line for the drill
making.

Another thing the girls did which makes garden measurements easy is the
following: mark off on the rake or hoe handle three feet. One of these
feet measure off into inches. This saves carrying a measuring rod into
the garden. The marking should be done on the edge of the handle and not
on either the under or upper surface of it. If garden stakes are made
one foot in length they can be used in measuring.

Nasturtium culture needs some explanation. Nasturtiums are the most
accommodating of flowers. They will live on almost any soil. The seeds
are large and so are very easy for little girls to handle. They may be
placed two seeds together six inches apart in the furrow. If the soil is
very dry and the weather very warm, soak the seeds over night. Plant
the seeds about one inch deep, cover over the soil and firm it well. It
is easy enough to keep the nasturtium bed weeded for the seedlings are
large and not to be mistaken. Keep the flowers well picked all summer
and you will have numberless blooms.

Sweet alyssum is a charming border plant. This, too, grows in almost any
soil. It is well to sow the seed in a box indoors. Transplant when the
little seedlings are two inches high. But alyssum may be sown right
outdoors in the garden plot. Sprinkle the seeds along in the drill.
After the seedlings come up and are about an inch high thin out until
the seedlings stand six to twelve inches apart.

Marigolds are very gay sort of flowers. Many do not like them on account
of their disagreeable odour. But a strong point about these flowers is
this: they bloom and bloom, and then they bloom again. There are three
kinds of marigolds one might plant. These are the African, French and
dwarf. They differ in height and also bushiness. The African varieties
must be thinned out to stand fifteen inches apart, the French ten inches
and the dwarf six inches. These seeds are dry, dead looking chaps, but
are not so small that they cannot be handled separately and placed
carefully in the drill. Plant them nearer together than they are to
stand later. For instance, put the African five inches apart, the French
five inches, too, and the dwarf three inches. Then you have extras, so
if some do not come up your garden is not crippled.

Mignonette, again, is accommodating and will grow in almost any kind of
soil. These seeds are small and may be sprinkled along in the drill.
Later thin out so the plants stand from six to twelve inches apart. In
choosing mignonette seed remember that there is a great difference in
mignonette. Some is very sweet, some is not: some have large sturdy
spikes, while others have rather small spikes. It pays to buy good seed.

Poppy is a trifle more particular about the soil it grows in. It
requires a rather rich, sandy loam. Again remember that poppies never
stand transplanting. Poppy may be planted broadcast or in drills. The
tall growing varieties should finally stand eighteen inches apart and
the smaller ones nine inches. In order that poppies may blossom freely
you should never let a seed capsule form. For you see that if one wishes
bloom, one must not let the strength of a plant go to any other work
except blossom making.

Zinnias are satisfactory just as marigolds are. To be sure they are not
a very graceful flower. But what of that? We need all kinds of flowers.
When you buy the little packets of seed you usually get a mixture of
colour.

In order to have just the colour one wishes, seed must be bought from
the seedsman by the ounce. The girls wanted dark red zinnia. One ounce
planted this space. It is not as expensive to buy seed this way. A
number of people may club together for seed.

Helena's method of planting zinnia was to sow the seeds in a drill.
Later she thinned her seedlings so that they stood eight inches apart in
the row.

Cornflowers or bachelor's buttons are lovely too. They are far lovelier
if bought by bulk so one may have the one colour, that lovely blue.
These seeds may be planted in drills two seeds every six inches apart.
Later thin to twelve inches apart.

Most people start cannas from the bulb. When one does this, plant a good
sized bulb and leave about an inch of stalk above ground. If the bulbs
are smaller use two to a hole or planting. If cannas are started from
seed follow this direction: File holes in the canna seed. The reason for
this is that the outer crust is tough and filing helps the young plant
to get out. These seeds should be soaked in warm water for a day. Plant
in pots. When the plants are six to eight inches tall transplant to the
garden. Cannas should stand two to six feet apart. It depends on
variety, whether tall or dwarfed, how far apart to place them.

When the flower garden was first started the question arose: "Shall we
plant annuals, biennials or perennials."

"For my part," said Josephine, "I don't know at all what these words
mean."

Katharine got a dictionary and soon she and Eloise had these botanical
terms worked out as follows:

A perennial is a plant which lives year after year in the soil. It
usually blossoms its second season. Trees and shrubs are hardy
perennials.

A biennial is sown one year, blossoms the next and then dies. Biennials
should be covered lightly with straw or leaves through the winter.

An annual blossoms and dies its first season. But some annuals sow
themselves and so come up again the next season.

The girls worked out a table of planting by months which Ethel called
the plant time-table.

Besides the garden which the girls all had together each one did
something to improve things at home.

               THE FLOWER TIME-TABLE
    +--------------+-------------+--------------------+
    |    NAME      | SOWING TIME |  BLOSSOMING TIME   |
    +--------------+-------------+--------------------+
    |Ageratum      |   May       |  June-October      |
    |Aster         |   May       |  Until frost       |
    |Balsam        |   May       |  June-September    |
    |Calendula     |   May       |  June-October      |
    |Cal. Poppy    |   May       |  August            |
    |Candytuft     |   May       |  June-September    |
    |Coreopsis     |   May       |  June-August       |
    |Cornflower    |   April     |  June              |
    |Cosmos        |   May       |  August-September  |
    |Four o'clock  |   May       |  July-August       |
    |Foxglove      |   May       |  June              |
    |Gaillardia    |   May       |  July-October      |
    |Helianthus    |   May       |  August-September  |
    |Hollyhocks    |   August    |  August            |
    |Iceland Poppy |   May       |  June-September    |
    |Larkspur      |   May       |  June-July         |
    |Marigold      |   May       |  Until frost       |
    |Mignonette    |   May       |  Until frost       |
    |Morning-glory |   May       |  July-August       |
    |Petunia       |   May       |  July-September    |
    |Phlox         |   May       |  July-October      |
    |Scabiosa      |   May       |  July-August       |
    |Stock         |   May       |  June-July         |
    |Sunflower     |   April     |  July-September    |
    +--------------+-------------+--------------------+

Ethel and Dee set up a sundial in Ethel's own backyard. The directions
that follow will help other girls and boys in setting up theirs.
Sun-time and clock-time are not quite the same. There are four days in
the year when, if you work out the sun-shadow time, your dial will be
almost accurate. This is because on these days the sun-time and the
clock-time practically coincide. These dates are April 15th, June 15th,
September 1st, and December 24th.

Before you go outdoors draw on the platform of the sundial a straight
line from angle B of the gnomon to the front edge of the platform.

Set the dial out in direct sunlight. The shadow cast must fall right on
the straight line which you previously drew. When the shadow and the
line coincide, mark the extreme end of the line XII. This stands for
twelve o'clock. Now screw the sundial in this position to the column you
have made for it to rest upon. At one o'clock mark where the shadow
points, and keep on with this for every hour.

You remember the gnomon angle was the number of degrees corresponding to
the degrees in latitude of your special place. Poughkeepsie boys and
girls will be interested to know that if a sundial be brought to them
from Rome, it will be right for them. And if New York City boys and
girls could get one from Florence, they would find it accurate for their
own use. These girls lived near Poughkeepsie.

Elizabeth planted a border of nasturtium, sunflower and zinnia along her
sidewalk. It cost eight cents for seed to plant these two by ten feet
strips.

Helena made a bed of different kinds of flowers right back of her
father's field. The garden was thirteen and one-half feet square. The
edges her father helped her sod, this making a terrace effect. Nine
little flower beds were marked off with paths between. In the beds were
asters, celosia, balsam, nasturtiums, marigold, zinnia, carnation,
schizanthus, sweet peas, dahlias, gladiolus, candytuft, lilies,
scabiosa, stocks, salvia, snapdragon, phlox, mignonette, four o'clocks
and petunias. Helena's mother worked with her in the garden as did one
of the boys across the street. He was not a club member but was hoping
to be one the next year. And so Leston worked with Helena all summer
long. He finally won his place in The Chief's club.

Eloise decided she would have a window garden and so before all the
front windows of the inn, window boxes were placed.

Most of the trouble with the window box is a lack of drainage space.
Estimate off the bottom of the box something like this: To every foot
bore six holes. This is none too much. The great trouble usually is lack
of drainage, or lack of air, or sour soil. Over each drainage hole put a
bit of broken pot. Then it is well to put a half-inch of drainage
material in the box. Stone, broken pot, sphagnum moss, or hay will do
for this. The soil should be good, rich, garden soil. With this one
might mix in some sand to help drainage. Window boxes should be watered
with care; they should not be flooded.

Eloise had very effective boxes. Vincas trailed over the edges; dwarf
cannas were in the back of each box; and red and white geraniums were a
glory all summer long.

Josephine's gardening was a little difficult. She had no space at all.
The backyard at her house was seeded down and her mother did not wish it
spaded up. She had no front yard. Josephine thought and thought for some
time, then decided she would just simply have to make a way to have a
garden.

So one day she went to the grocery store and bought a soap box for ten
cents. This she filled with soil from Eloise's garden. Then she bought a
five-cent package of parsley seed. These seeds were soaked over night in
warm water, for parsley seeds are slow to germinate.

Then the seeds were planted in neat little rows in her box garden. This
garden was most convenient. It stood out near the house in the backyard
all summer. It went to the exhibit in the fall. It stayed on the piazza
until frost and then went into the kitchen for the winter. Josephine had
parsley enough for her mother's table all the year around.




XVI

MORE ABOUT THE GIRLS' WORK.


In late September the girls began agitating the matter of bulb planting
for the school grounds and their homes. The boys were rather scornful of
it.

"I believe in gardens," said Albert with great finality, "but bulb work
seems to me like fancy work. And then too, bulbs are pretty expensive."

"Very well," answered Dee, "we girls are quite able, as you boys know,
to work alone. But spading is pretty hard, and I should think some of
you would be glad to help."

"I'll help any time," Myron volunteered, "and I promise to bring two of
these other chaps whenever you say."

"Thank you, Myron. We'll not bother you boys further now." Off the girls
ran to Katharine's home to study bulb catalogues. Katharine's father
gave five dollars for bulbs for the school grounds. This he stipulated
was for outdoor planting. Elizabeth and Ethel were going to plant
outdoors at home. The other girls had each some money for indoor work.

You may all like to know what the girls found out from their search in
bulb catalogues. In the first place very good and perfectly reliable
information is obtained from the catalogue of any reputable seed house.
The girls found out that certain bulbs are better adapted to outside
planting, while others do equally well indoors or out. Take tulips
first; these are suited to the outdoor conditions. To be sure the
florist, whose business it is to raise them inside does so with great
success. But boys and girls are more likely to have trouble with inside
planting of tulips than of other bulbs. Oftentimes lice cover them when
the bulb is first brought up from the cellar. Then when treated with
kerosene emulsion or some other insecticide the bud becomes blasted, for
the blossom is close under the folded outer leaves, so is in a very
precarious position. Then, too, tulip bulbs rot easily and the buds
blast easily. So it is wise not to run so many risks but try the kinds
of bulbs which are less prone to trouble. The easiest and safest bulbs
for children to work with are narcissus (including daffodils, jonquils,
Chinese lily bulbs and paper narcissus), and hyacinth.

Hyacinth has one bad habit when planted indoors. This is the tendency
to unfold its blossom too soon. So the beautiful hyacinth blossom
appears dwarfed and stunted close down near the ground. To avoid this
condition do not take the bulb from the dark until the leaves are about
an inch to two inches above the earth and until they have spread apart.
This gives the blossom a chance to shoot up. Tip the pot over and see if
the roots are visible through the drainage hole.

The time to buy bulbs is in late August or early September. After this
bulbs through shrinkage depreciate in value; by which value is meant not
one in price but in soundness and ability to produce blossoms. Do not
buy cheap or cut-rate bulbs. Buy good, big, sound ones.

The Roman hyacinths are excellent for forcing. They are small flowered,
quite different from the large sturdy Dutch hyacinths more commonly
planted. In choosing hyacinths you have to decide upon the colour and
whether you wish double or single varieties. In general most people
enjoy single flowers better. If you are to use the hyacinths for outdoor
planting or bedding it is perfectly safe just to write for bulbs which
are to be bedded. La Grandesse is a beautiful white; King of the Blues
speaks for itself and the Sarah Bernhardt is a salmon pink. These do
well inside, too. Charles Dickens is a fine rose colour, Prince of
Wales, violet, and L'Innocence, a fine white. These are good for inside
planting. Some may like the smaller Roman hyacinths, which do splendidly
indoors. Very good hyacinths are bought for fifteen cents.

Tulips do especially well outdoors. A capital one for either bedding or
indoor forcing is the Isabelle. It is a beautiful red tulip which is
bought for five cents. The Summer Beauty, a hardy white tulip, is well
worth the ten cents asked for each one. Some of you may like to raise
some freaks; then try parrot tulips at about thirty-five cents a dozen.
A thing to remember about the indoor planting of tulips is this--tulips,
more than other bulbs, are likely to have plant lice, so watch out!

In daffodils you may be sure of the Van Sion. These are worth forty
cents a dozen. You can buy daffodils for twenty.

If you wish to lay in a stock of bulbs for water planting choose, of
course, Chinese lilies, but try, too, the paper white narcissus. These
bulbs cost forty cents a dozen. Buy from the five-and-ten-cent store a
glass dish, and gather stones for it. About three weeks before you wish
blossoms plant a dozen of these narcissi in the glass dish with the
stones as a foundation, and water enough to come up around the base of
the bulbs. It is a good plan to set the dish of bulbs in the dark for
four or five days.

You can grow hyacinths in water too. For this a special glass is sold,
although I have seen children place a bulb in the top of a preserve jar.
It works all right. Bulbs must never drop low into water or they decay.
These, too, should be placed in the dark for about a week.

Suppose you have a quarter to spend. You can make all kinds of
interesting combinations. Three daffodils for ten cents, a hyacinth for
ten, and a tulip for five, give you a chance to experiment.

A word more about narcissus. This is a large family, One gets confused
sometimes with the names daffodil, jonquil and paper white narcissus.
All these are of the family narcissus. The daffodils are the bulbs with
large single or double cups. The jonquil has a cluster of small blossoms
of from three to six single flowers. The paper white narcissus has four
to twelve single blossoms to the flower head.

Ethel and Dee had good lawns at home which their mothers were not
willing to have spaded up, but they gave consent to the girls putting
crocus bulbs here and there over the lawns. These bulbs should be
planted about an inch deep and three inches apart in the group. These
were dotted about in clusters of six. The dibble is a good instrument to
use in dotting bulbs around the turf. Crocuses are good for indoor
planting as well. They may be planted in flats or in indoor boxes.
Remember crocuses are of practically no use for cut-flower purposes.

The school tulip bed was made just as Philip's round bed was made. The
time to plant depends on the weather. It is always well to get all
outdoor planting done before the time of frost. Why? Because you wish to
get the bulbs in while the earth is still warm. Bulbs lie in the ground
all winter slowly putting out roots, slowly starting to push up toward
the light above. For good root forming they need this long time of slow
growth. Get the outdoor bulbs in the ground during September.

Before this the ground may be prepared. In all the beds dig down about
two feet. Work over the soil well. Make it fine and free from lumps and
stones. Ordinary garden soil will be right for these beds. Put no
fertilizer in. If your ground is clayey, mix sand with it. Use
one-quarter sand in a mixture of this sort. This makes a lighter soil.
Clay soil is what we call a heavy soil. Bulbs require light soils.

Now comes planting. Different kinds of bulbs require different depths
of soil. Place the tulip bulbs four inches deep, and six inches apart.

Hyacinths were planted by Elizabeth in a strip beside the house. Jack
also planted daffodils in a corner sheltered by the house foundation and
an old high fence. The daffodils were planted exactly as the tulips, but
the hyacinths were planted six inches deep, instead of four.

In buying bulbs for outdoor planting ask for bedding bulbs, while for
indoor work buy forcing varieties.

One bright day in October the girls met at Katharine's house to pot
their bulbs for winter. Some had made wooden boxes or flats during the
winter; others had bought low pots; while still others had the ordinary
high pot.

In potting bulbs or any other plant two things are to be kept in
mind--first, the soil, and second, the drainage. The soil may be any
good garden soil. To a given quantity one may add one-fourth rotted
manure and one-fourth sand. This last helps lighten the material,
allowing more air to get at the entire mass and making good drainage
easier. Mix all this together. If one lacks the well-rotted manure and
sand, any good garden soil may be used. Sift the soil until it is
perfectly fine.

A simple sieve, which works well, may be made from a small soap or
starch box. Knock the bottom out and use in place of this wire netting.
Helena and Eloise made two sieves which did for all the girls. Eloise
also made some very good flats as described before under the chapter on
the girls' winter work. You can easily see how excellent this style of
flat is from a drainage point of view.

More trouble, in potted bulbs and all kinds of plants, comes from too
little drainage space than from any other one thing. Most boys and girls
think it enough if one little stone or piece of pot is put in the hole
of the flower pot. Not so; there should be from one to two inches of
drainage material in the pot. That seems a great deal, doesn't it? But
it will give not only drainage but air space, too, and this keeps the
plant in good healthy shape. With too little drainage area the earth in
a pot gets clogged and very often sour. A high pot needs more drainage
matter in it than a low one. First use a piece of broken pot to place
over the drainage hole. But put this in such a position that the
drainage hole will be kept open. Then put in two inches of coarse
material like broken pot. It is now a good plan to place over this a
layer of coarse material. This gives a greater opportunity for air. Over
this goes the soil you have already prepared. Place bulbs just below
the surface and have soil one inch below the top of pot. Narcissus and
hyacinths may be planted with their tops out of the soil.

A low pot needs less drainage material. Some pots have sphagnum moss
over the drainage. Instead of this use old sod finely torn up or coarse
soil. See, too, that the bulb comes nearly to the top of the soil. When
indoor bulbs are planted at some distance below the surface of the soil
they have too much work to do to force their way up and out. It takes
too long.

After the girls had finished potting the next step was to make
arrangements for the resting time. Bulbs should stay in the dark and
cold from five to ten weeks. It is difficult to give an exact time as
conditions differ and bulbs too.

Bulbs may take their retirement in a dark cold cellar where there is no
danger from mice. Some attics are suited for this. Eloise put hers in an
old bureau. This bureau was in an unused, cold room. The bulbs were
placed in the drawers which were then closed, but not tightly. Ethel,
Dee and Josephine put theirs in the cellar. Helena, Elizabeth and
Katharine tried another plan. They had a trench dug outdoors two feet
deep and eighteen inches wide. In this they placed their pots and
flats. Then the trench was filled in with dirt and over this a layer of
ashes was put. The pots were given a good watering before they were sunk
into the ground. Unless the winter is a very dry and open one the bulbs
will need no more water. If there should be little snow-fall then it may
be necessary to water the ground where the bulbs are, but this is not
usual. Little sticks were put into the ground just where the bulbs were.
These help in locating them when digging-up time comes. The girls left
them in the ground for six weeks. Then they were taken in and put in a
cold north window for a week. Helena put hers in the dark a week and
then brought them to a north window for another week. Then she put them
in a south window.

Bulbs should go very slowly from dark and cold to warmth and light. This
is a point to be remembered.

The girls who stored their pots in attic and cellar of course had to
water them. This should be done as often as the plant needs it, perhaps
three times a week.

[Illustration:
    THE BULB STORY

    1. Ample Drainage
    2. Depth of Planting
    3. Perfect Root Development
    4. Ready to Come to the Light

Photographs by H.E. Angell and Henry Schultz.]

When the plant is about an inch above the ground, as one of the pictures
shows, it is the time to bring it to the light. Be sure the outer leaves
have spread apart in the ease of hyacinths and tulips; also invert the
pot and see if the roots are poking through; this is another way to be
sure that the bulb is ready to come to the light.

A way to help a hyacinth or tulip develop its stems properly and so
prevent blossoming low down in the box is to put a cone over the bulb as
soon as you bring it to the light. Make the cone of paper and have one
opening at the top two inches in diameter. The flower stem and leaves of
the bulb will quickly start to grow up to the light. Take this cone off
when the leaves are several inches high.

The girls did some water-planting, too. For this purpose hyacinths,
Chinese lilies, paper narcissus and jonquils are good. Some people put
these dishes and glasses immediately in the light. But it is better if
they are set away in the dark until the shoots start and the roots, too,
begin development. The girls bought glass dishes at the
five-and-ten-cent store. Into these dishes were put small stones which
they had gathered in the fall for this purpose. Stones should be small
for this work, from one-half inch to an inch in diameter. Josephine had
a lot of fine white sand which she packed in all about the stones. The
sand was kept thoroughly wet all the time. This is a good method of
treatment. Paper white narcissus, if planted early, will blossom by
Thanksgiving. They may be held back until Christmas. These blossoms are
sweet smelling and very graceful in appearance. Eloise tried the same
method with jonquils with excellent results.

In February they had a bulb exhibit and their display was really fine.
In the spring they all felt that the outdoor work, too, had paid. The
beds were uncovered as early as possible. The outdoor bulb will stand
considerable cold, even after it is well up. Cut worms may trouble the
hyacinths; if so try the paper collar treatment.

Finally remember then three things about bulbs: good bulbs, good
drainage, plenty of time in the dark.

After bulbs are through blooming let the blossom dry thoroughly and the
leaves get yellow and dry. One need not keep these homely looking plants
in the living room in plain sight. Put them away down cellar to finish
drying out. Then cut the leaves and blossoms off to one inch of the bulb
itself. Take bulb out of pot, shake all dirt off, and dry thoroughly.
These may be put into paper bags and hung up in a dry place or just
packed in a pasteboard box. These indoor bulbs may be planted outdoors
in the fall. They will do better for the change. Indoor bulb culture
means forcing, a hard strain and demand on a bulb. Outdoor planting
gives a long winter's rest, not entire rest, to be sure, but the growth
during the winter is slow.



    LIST OF BULBS BY COLOURS


                               WHITE FLOWERS
    ---------+-------+-------+---------+-------+-------------------------
    NAME     |DEPTH  |OUTDOOR|INDOOR   |HEIGHT |SPECIAL POINTS
             | TO    |       |         |       |
             |PLANT  |BLOOM  |BLOOM    |       |
    ---------+-------+-------+---------+-------+-------------------------
    Snowdrop   2 in.   March  Christmas 3-4 in. Earliest of spring
                                                flowers.  Likes
                                                cool and shady
                                                spots
    Crocus     2 in.     "       "      3-5 in. Buy  _Crocus_
                                                _biflorus_.
                                                var. _argenteus_
    White     3-4 in.  April  January   10 in.  Increases very
    crowned                                      rapidly
    daffodils

    Poet's    3-4 in.   May      "      12 in.  Excellent for
    narcissus                                    outdoor work

    Grape     3 in.     March    "      4-6 in.  Plant in shady
    hyacinth                                      places in the lawn

    Bell-     3 in.     May   Christmas 12 in.   Poet's narcissus
    flowered                                      and this scilla
    scilla                                        planted together
                                                  bloom at same time

    Star of   3 in.      "               12 in.  Most satisfactory
    Bethlehem                                     for bloom

    Tulips    4 in.    April   January  6-12 in.  Try Duc Van Thol
                                                   and d'Immaculée

    Hyacinths 5 in.      "        "     6-12 in.  Plant Baroness Van
                                                   Thuyl, very large
                                                   and very early
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------


                             YELLOW FLOWERS
    ---------+-------+-------+---------+-------+-------------------------
    NAME     |DEPTH  |OUTDOOR|INDOOR   |HEIGHT |SPECIAL POINTS
             | TO    |       |         |       |
             |PLANT  |BLOOM  |BLOOM    |       |
    ---------+-------+-------+---------+-------+-------------------------
    Crocus    2-3 in. March   Christmas 3-5 in. Plant Cloth of
                                                Gold
    Trumpet
    daffodils 4 in.   April   January   15 in.  Van Sion is especially
                                                satisfactory. Flowers
                                                double
    Jonquil   4 in.     "       "       12 in.  Flowers sweetly
                                                fragrant
    Daffodil  3 in.     "       "       4 in.   Variety _Narcissus_
                                                _Bulbocodium_
    Tulips    4 in.     "       "       12 in.  Due  Van  Thol,
                                                yellow
    Hyacinths 5 in.     "       "       12 in.  Choose from those
                                                called  bedding
                                                varieties
    ---------+-------+-------+---------+-------+-------------------------

    BLUE FLOWERS

    ---------+-------+-------+---------+-------+-------------------------
    NAME     |DEPTH  |OUTDOOR|INDOOR   |HEIGHT |SPECIAL POINTS
             | TO    |       |         |       |
             |PLANT  |BLOOM  |BLOOM    |       |
    ---------+-------+-------+---------+-------+-------------------------
    Common
    crocus    2-3 in. March   Christmas 5 in.   Good for lawn
                                                effects
    Grape
    Hyacinths 2-3 in. April   January   15 in.  Good for pot culture


    Iris      4 in.   May       "       12-24   Plant in groups
    (Spanish)                           in.     for garden effect

    Iris      3 in.   June      "       12-24   If planted outdoors in
    (English)                           in.     September, cover well
                                                with leaves
    Bulb-     2-3 in. May       "       12 in.  Satisfactory for
    flowered                                    bloom
    scilla

    Hyacinths 5 in.     "       "       12 in.  King of the Blues

    ---------+-------+-------+---------+-------+-------------------------


    RED FLOWERS

    ---------+-------+-------+---------+-------+-------------------------
    NAME     |DEPTH  |OUTDOOR|INDOOR   |HEIGHT |SPECIAL POINTS
             | TO    |       |         |       |
             |PLANT  |BLOOM  |BLOOM    |       |
    ---------+-------+-------+---------+-------+-------------------------
    Peony     4 in.    May               2 -       Plant outdoors
                                        2-1/2 ft.  in September.
                                                   Increases and
                                                   lives a long time

    Late      6 in.     July              3 ft.    Showy and
    peony                                          attractive

    Red       6-8 in.   August            3 ft.    Protect through
    speciosum                                      the winter,
    lily                                           leaving bulbs
                                                   in the ground

    Tulips     4       April   January   6-18 in.  Isabelle
                                                   Choose variety
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------




XVII

THE GIRLS' WINTER WORK.


"We want some plants at school this winter, and we each should like some
plants of our own at home." This remark greeted The Chief one day in
late September as he entered his home after a long tramp in the woods.

The slant rays of the late afternoon sun and the low fire in the
fireplace were not able to give The Chief any clue as to the speakers.
"Who are '_we_'?" he demanded.

"I am Dee," was the reply, "and 'we' are all the girls."

"Dear me" said the man, "I thought I had settled your case by
recommending bulb culture to you."

"Not much!" shouted the girls all together. "We have finished our bulb
work," Katharine went on to say, "and now we are very anxious to do
something with house plants. We have a good six weeks or more to wait
for our bulbs, and so we thought possibly you would be willing to help
us."

"I did think," grumbled the man, "that after I had invited you to a
series of talks this winter you would leave me in peace."

And then they all laughed gaily together.

"Well, what is your stock you have to work with, girls? I shall have to
know that before I can help you."

"We have--that is, most of us have--a lot of old straggly geraniums in
our gardens. Then Katharine's mother has some fuchsias and begonias
which she has promised us," replied Miriam.

"Up at the hotel where Jack sold his lettuce there are a few things I
have been promised," added Elizabeth.

"Do you know what these are?" asked Ethel.

"Yes. There are some heliotrope plants, marguerites, some lovely rose
geraniums, and a few flowering maples or--I have forgotten the long name
for them."

"Abutilon is the other name," added The Chief. "Well, that is a start,
surely. I'll do some potting with you next Saturday afternoon. That will
give Elizabeth time to get her hotel plants. I guess Dee will drive you
up. You are to take a big basket with you, and your trowels. Carefully
lift each plant from its resting-place. Water the soil a bit before you
take up the plants. They come up easier for this, and soil is more
likely to remain clinging to the roots. If it should rain Friday you
will be saved the trouble of taking a watering pot with you. Be sure to
take up with the plant some of its own soil. Then pack all these
soil-encased plants in your basket. Do not let the sun get at them
before we get at potting. Come all of you at two in the afternoon. Bring
your plants with their own earth, your straggly geraniums, pots, and
each a trowel. Now perhaps you will be willing to trot home so I may eat
my supper."

Next Saturday at two a grand collection of girls, plants, big pots,
little pots, and trowels arrived. The Chief took girls and all out into
his potting shed. This was once an old woodhouse; now a shed with
benches running along two sides of it. Under the benches were great
heaps of soil. Pots and pans were piled in one corner and garden
implements were neatly put up on the walls.

"I call this a pretty nice place for work," said Eloise in tones full of
real interest. The Chief nodded smilingly at her, for there was a bond
of sympathy between the man and this real outdoor girl. Eloise had a
greater appreciation of the work than any one of the others.

"Where did that splendid window box come from?" asked Josephine.

"That is one the boys made last winter especially for the school. I
shall have to give you girls some group work first. Then I'll
demonstrate potting and slipping to you all together. Eloise and
Josephine will start to put the drainage material into the pots. Ethel
and Dee may do the same for the window box. Put in your curved pieces of
pot over the drainage hole, then about an inch of drainage material.
There is a wooden mallet. Crack up some bits of old flower pot as you
need them. Outside is a half barrel of old pots. Instead of using all
pot for this half inch of drainage material, use some charcoal. In that
barrel marked charcoal you will find plenty of pieces. The charcoal is
not only good for drainage but helps keep the soil sweet. Helena, Miriam
and Katharine will mix the soil. Here are some firkins and peck
measures. To every three measures of soil from that pile there, which is
nothing but garden soil, add one measure of sand and one of leaf mould.
Now, my leaf mould over there in that tub isn't real mould from the
woods. You see the part desired in leaf mould is vegetable matter. I can
get that from old rotted leaves and rotted sods. Notice, girls, that you
see no green grass in that soddy matter I have shaved off with my
spade--only the under surface of the sods. This surface is full of
vegetable matter in the form of young roots. Stir up all these portions
thoroughly.

"Now, Elizabeth, look at these pots. Some are brand new, some are
clogged with soil and green matter. Soak the new ones in a pailful of
water and clean and wash the dirty ones."

"I'd like to ask why I am to soak the new pots, and why, since soil is
going right back into these old pots, I have to clean them. I should
think the soil clinging to the sides would help out."

"Yes, I should like to know that, too," said Miriam, stopping her work.

"If new pots are not soaked the soil in them dries out very rapidly. You
can see that would be bad. Old soil clinging to plants interferes with
the new root growth while the green affects the porosity of the pot."

The girls stirred, scraped, and placed bits of pot in boxes and pots for
a time without speaking.

"Are we putting the right amount of drainage into these pots?" finally
questioned Eloise.

"Not quite enough into those large pots. In the small ones the inch of
drainage you have in the pots is quite sufficient, but in those pots
over six inches in size put an inch and a half of drainage material.
There should be two inches of drainage in that window box. Katherine,
you are taking those new pots out of the water too soon. Leave them in
until the bubbling is all over. Wait a minute, you mixing girls over
there. You mustn't put such coarse soil into your mixture. That could
well go into the pots and window box above the drainage material. But it
is far too coarse for a good potting soil. What soil you need for
potting one of you should sift. If the lumps were not so large it would
have been all right. What is that you are saying, Dee?"

"I wanted to know what you were going to use in place of sphagnum moss.
We have the drainage fixed in the box. Shall we put on the coarse
material next? Helena said you always used sphagnum moss."

"So I do when I can get it. But I can't always, so I just take some old
thin sods and put them on, green side down, next to the drainage. To be
sure, the coarse material could go on next, but it is very apt to settle
badly in the pot or box. You will find that sod just outside. Pick out
the very thinnest pieces; any others will be too thick."

"Now," said Elizabeth, "if you will bring your pots over, we'll fill
them up with soil for you."

"Wait a little, Elizabeth. What is going to happen with that pot
already full of soil when you put the plant in? Just how are you going
to work that?"

"Why, I had intended to make a hole in the soil and put the plant in."

"That is no way to pot plants. Come here, girls, and let us talk this
point out. I will pot a plant for you. I guess this begonia would be a
good one. See, it has quite a ball of earth of its own. Now look at
Elizabeth's full pot. Trying to plant in a pot already full of soil is
beginning entirely wrong. Hand over another pot, Josephine. Thank you.
See, here is a pot with its drainage, and a very little bit of old sod
over this. The soddy matter takes up only about a quarter inch. Give me
a trowel full of the potting soil, or a little coarse soil first. Now I
lower into the pot my plant with its own earth still about it. See, it
is going to be about right. Now, while I hold the plant in position in
the pot with my left hand, I shake the potting soil in all about the
plant. Here is a stick. I made it and call it my potting stick. It is
about the length of a foot ruler. See, it is about an inch thick and has
a rounded end. With this end I gently poke the soil into place.
Occasionally, I give the pot a little shake, which settles the soil into
crevices and crannies. But never do this jerkily or violently. When the
soil is within a half inch of the top of the pot, press it down all
about the plant stem; that is, firm the plant. You should be able to
take up a potted plant by the plant stalk without uprooting it. The
florist can do this with any of his potted plants. If the plant is loose
in its new home it will not do well."

"You said to have a half-inch space between top of soil and top of pot.
I should like to know why, because all the plants at my aunt's house are
done the other way," eagerly inquired Helena.

"The purpose of the half-inch space is for watering the plant. I should
be willing to wager that when your aunt waters her plants she has a bad
time with water spilling over and soil washing out. The space allows for
this and prevents its happening."

"I shall tell her about that when I go to see her. I am to go next week.
Don't you think I might carry her a plant nicely potted?"

"Indeed I do. I think we can spare a begonia for her. Just let me water
this plant a little. Notice that I do not flood it. Now, set it outside,
Elizabeth, right by my back door where it will be sheltered."

"Why put it outside?" asked the child, as she took the pot; "I'd have
left it here under shelter."

"It goes out because good fresh air is as important for newly potted
plants as good soil, careful handling, and watering. Now for a slipping
geranium lesson!

"Old, stocky geraniums in the fall garden are exactly right to slip.
These properly slipped and started, if well cared for, will blossom by
January or February. If closely crowded into the window box, you may be
certain of bloom provided you have good, strong sunlight on them.

Florists slip geraniums and put them into sand; many people put the
slips into water to form roots; but it is far easier for you children
and for schools to place the slips immediately into the earth of the
window box.

"The slipping process itself is easy. Suppose we have a big, old
geranium from which to take our slips. It is full of branches. These
branches or stems have around them at intervals rings called nodes. The
space between two nodes is called an internode. On the nodes are what
seem to be small leaves. Press one aside, notice between it and the stem
what appears to be a very small bud. Here a new shoot can start.

"So choose a branch, pick off all the large leaves except two at the
extreme end. If there are more than two, choose the two smallest
leaves. Now it is ready to cut. About four inches down the stem cut it
off between two nodes. Do not cut straight across the stem but cut
slantwise.

"You have now as I have in my hand, a geranium slip which is four inches
long. At one end of the stalk are two leaves; the other end is cut
obliquely across. Before you plant this slip look between the two leaves
and see if there is a small bud. If so, and it is all green, leave it.
For this green means that as the bud develops only leaves will unfold.
If you see any other colour in the bud, pinch it out with your fingers.
The colour tells us that the bud is a flower bud. If this be left on the
slip, all the strength of the little plant will be taken up in forming
the blossom. A new plant is not strong enough to stand this. It needs
all its power for plant growth.

"Plant the slip in your window box, burying it in earth above the first
node; that is, the node just above the cut. Thus you have buried in the
earth the place where roots will form.

"Crowd the slips in, three or four inches only apart. They should not be
exposed to the full glare of the sun at first. Some gardeners say to let
the slips wilt before watering. But it is quite safe to water a little
from the first. Do not soak the soil, however, or the young plants will
decay.

"Now the slips may be put right into a window box, or into these flats.
I would not place them immediately in a sunny window. But place them
where the sun does not shine directly. It is excellent to leave window
boxes and newly potted plants outdoors for a time, until in the fresh
air they get accustomed to their new living conditions."

"Shall we fix up the school window boxes now?" asked Josephine.

"Yes, we will get right at that. But first I will give you a window-box
talk.

"The most satisfactory way to grow plants in the schoolroom and in many
cases, at home, is in the window box. The window box means the
possibility of easily caring for a number of plants in a small space.
Plants in pots take much more space than the same number of plants in a
window box.

"It is the cleanest way, too. You are all familiar with the sight of a
pot covered with crêpe paper stained and discoloured from water spilt
upon it and moisture given off from the porous pot.

"The window box, if properly watered, need never leak. Its freshly
painted sides need never be covered with any material. It stands for
just what it is--a well-made, well-painted wooden box.

"It is quite impossible to give dimensions for the construction of the
window box, since it must fit the space one wishes to use. It is wise to
keep in mind this--that these boxes when filled with soil are very, very
heavy and awkward to handle. So if your window is large, why not have
two small boxes for the space rather than one large one? When these are
placed end to end the effect is of one long box. The ordinary house
window may well have the single box.

"Other things to keep in mind for the constructing of the box are depth,
drainage, holes, joints and paint.

"Just as bulb boxes need no great depth, so with window boxes. If the
depth be great the plants spend too much energy in root growth. A
shallow box means, if properly filled, a compact root mass. So if your
box is to be, say three and a half feet long make it not more than ten
inches deep.

"As we make drainage holes in the bottom of the bulb box, so we do in
the window box. Many people make window boxes without drainage holes. It
seems rather better to have them since they offer exit for surplus
water, and places for the roots to get at the air. These holes may be
bored six inches apart down through the centre of the box; or they may
be bored in two lines, thus doubling the number of holes and the amount
of air space. Take this rule, for every square foot of space have four
drainage holes.

"A box filled with soil all winter constantly in a state of moisture is
quite likely to spring or spread apart at the joints. The better fitted
the joints the better the box, and the better it stands the inside
pressure and moisture continually brought to bear upon it.

"As to paint, of course the box must have one coat (perhaps two) on the
outside. A dark green is all around the best. Green is always the best
setting for plants. Nature made this colour scheme. We only follow her
lead.

"After the box is made, and the paint dry, it must be filled.

"Do any of you girls happen to know just where in the school room the
boxes are to be placed?"

"One goes into a south window, and I believe the other is to be in a
north one," replied Dee.

"That certainly tells us enough to help us in selecting plants for these
boxes. The kind of plants to place in the box depends upon whether the
box is to go into a bright sunny window or into one which gets little
or no sun. Everyone knows the most satisfactory plant of all for sunny
windows is the geranium. It is easy enough to get them for schools
without money, because this is the time when everyone's mother is taking
up plants for the winter, some of which are always thrown away. Many
large, old plants slipped make six or more good little chaps. Begonias
are most satisfactory; you can plant these either in sun or shade. A
good one for a shady window is the one called the 'beefsteak' begonia.

"Fuchsias make a fine show. If you wish to have a plant of some height
do not choose a fern or palm, for these plants need so much water they
should always be planted by themselves in single pots or in fern dishes.
The amount of water required for a palm would cause ordinary plants,
like geraniums, to decay. So choose plants which take up about the same
quantity of water. For height, then, one might plant a flowering maple.
These are fine in leaf and blossom. So they add much to the box.
Dracenas are good for both sun and shade; so, too, is pandanus. The
foliage of this is pleasing. Much is added to the general effect if some
plants which form long hangers are put in, and planted close to the
front side of the box. In sun or shade the Wandering Jew grows. A bit
breaks off; it is stuck back into the earth and again it grows. Pieces
cut and put into water grow equally well. Trailing over the sides of the
vessel they are in, they make a pleasing effect in a corner, or by the
side of a window.

"An important thing to be remembered in connection with window boxes is
that the closer you plant the better the growth of the plants. It sounds
wrong. We think that plants ought to have space to grow in. They should,
usually; but space defeats the object of the window box, because the
idea is to have top growth and blossom. If you give plants a chance to
grow under the ground they will do it at a sacrifice to their growth
above ground. So crowd the plants in. The root growth, thus limited and
checked, gives added strength above. This is true too, in a measure, of
planting in pots. Most people put plants in too large pots, and so fail
often to get good top growth and blossom. Notice next time you drop into
a florist's shop the large palms in comparatively small pots. Why is
this? Just to get good growth of foliage.

"Finally, as to sunny and sunless windows: put into the boxes for the
shady windows plants which run to foliage, and into those for the sunny
windows plants from which you expect blossom. For blossoms, sun is
necessary.

"The last thing of all is the placing of the box. Shall it go on the
sill? Not if you wish to keep the sill in good condition. Shall it be
screwed to the casement? It may be, but it is hard to place each year,
and often the strain is too great on the screws. The best arrangement is
that of iron brackets screwed to the casement beneath the window sill.
These brackets when not in use may be folded in against the wall and so
are quite out of the way and do not have to be removed from schoolrooms
each spring when the box goes outdoors. The weight of the box is
sufficient to hold the brackets out, and so steadies them that it is not
necessary to even screw the box on. Two boys holding the brackets
straight, two others placing the box on, is all the labour needed to
make that box permanently secure. It remains here now until its journey
outdoors next spring.

"I would like to add the English ivy to the list of trailing plants for
the window box.

"Some people have candytuft and others marguerites in the indoor box.
They do not look as well through an entire indoor season as geraniums,
fuchsias and begonias. I think I'll ask Miriam, Elizabeth, and Helena
to work on the shady window box. We will use dracena, vincas, pandanus,
begonia and Wandering Jew. Ethel, Katharine, and Josephine fix up the
sunny window box--the fuchsia, heliotrope, marguerite, geraniums,
Wandering Jew, and English ivy. This will be a charming box. Dee, you
and I will plant the rest of these geranium slips for the girls."

They all worked away busily for some time. Then The Chief asked the
girls to come into the house for a time. As they entered the living room
they noticed an array of plants on the big table.

"Sit down, girls, I have a little gift for each of you. I wish you to
study and nurse these plants throughout the winter.

"This first tall, rather stiff-looking plant is called an aspidistra. It
is the best all-around plant for the house or schoolroom. It does not
need much or special care. Be sure to keep the leaves clean. See that
you do it, Miriam.

"This little Norfolk Island pine is the only one of the cone-bearing
trees that you can bank on. Notice that the method of branching is by
whorls. You are to have this plant, Elizabeth.

"I imagined that Eloise would love this little lemon tree called
Ponderosa. You can raise lemon trees from seed, but like the apple
tree, they need special attention before they grow good fruit.

"The Jersualem cherry tree is for Josephine. It does not absolutely need
sun. It, too, stands a great deal of neglect. Remember I am not
recommending neglect to you. I am giving you the house plants that are
of easiest culture. You will be glad to make note of this entire list.
Of course, the berries are the charm of this Jerusalem cherry tree.

"To Ethel I will give this lovely genista. It is the finest of all
yellow-flowered winter plants. As the blossoms fade they should be taken
off. Since this is a good winter flower, it should be allowed to rest in
the summer.

"The azalea is for Dee. It needs the same care as Ethel's plant. These
need not be thrown away next spring. But put them in a shady spot laid
on their sides.

"Helena's plant is a palm called the _Cocos Weddelliana_, and
Katharine's is a fern, the holly fern.

"I wish to tell you a bit about ferns and palms.

"In most school buildings and homes these two kinds of plants hold chief
place. This doubtless is because they, too, stand lack of attention.
Most people keep them water-logged because supposedly they are
accustomed to and need lots of water. We must keep in mind that while
ferns for instance are found outdoors in very damp spots, they are not
in places undrained and choked off from air. So the jardinière half full
of water does not quite represent the real environment of the fern.

"Going on with the fern there are a few points to hold in mind. Do not
permit the room temperature to fall below 55 degrees. Neither should it
rise above 70 degrees. Direct sunlight injures the delicate fronds of
ferns. A north window where there is light without direct sunshine is
the right fern place. Keep the leaves clean by spraying with clear water
on bright days. If bugs appear, spray weekly with tobacco water. This
solution should be very weak.

"The best varieties to grow are the sword, Boston, holly, and
maidenhair. Use spider ferns for a fern dish.

"Palms require great quantities of water, even temperatures, little
direct sunlight, and daily sponging of the leaves. A sponge dampened in
clean water is the best thing to use for this purpose. The most popular
and easiest-to-grow palms are the following: _Cocos Weddelliana_, date
palm, kentia, and the arcea."

"Will you tell us about the watering of plants?" asked Ethel.

"Surely, although I can say but little since it depends largely upon
good judgment. Water a plant when it needs it. Keep the soil moist but
not soaked. If plants are beginning to decay or a mould is coming on the
surface of the soil, the trouble usually is over watering. At such a
time let the soil of the pot or box dry out. Then water carefully after
that. If the pot is always damp or has become green you may know that
the trouble is either too much water or poor drainage."

"What pests are likely to attack our plants?" questioned Elizabeth.

"Lice and scale troubles are the chief pests of the house plants. You
all know plant lice. Use kerosene emulsion for these. The scale appears
as a scaly mass, usually on the stems of plants. These scales are living
animal forms. The best way to get rid of them is to wipe them off with a
rag soaked in kerosene emulsion."

"Why didn't you give some one a rubber plant?" was the next question
from Miriam.

"I guess because of its bad habit of growing so tall and losing its
lower leaves. They look like giraffes at the circus. But one may top
these plants."

"What is topping?" and "How do you do it?" burst from Dee and Helena at
the same time.

"I suppose you see that if one could get that nice-looking top off and
start again the old rubber plant would be all right. So about a foot
below the last leaf on the stalk--I mean the last leaf numbering from
the top--- you should start the operation. Cut a slit in the bark at
this place. Pack soil about the stem. Then encase this with sacking. So
you have a nice ball of earth packed about the stem. Let the ball be
about six inches in diameter. Keep it moist. You can sprinkle the water
on. After a time roots will appear coming through the sacking. The roots
have started to develop at this incision of the stem. Now the stalk may
be cut below these new roots and the new rubber plant potted."

"That is very interesting," began Katharine.

"I should so like to try it," broke in Dee.

"Now, girls, I believe you'd better pick up your new plants and scamper.
We certainly have done a good afternoon's work. The chief things to try
for in indoor plant culture are cleanliness of the plant, proper
drainage, and freedom from abrupt changes in temperature and draughts.
Good-by, girls. We meet again soon at our exhibits."

"Good-by, and thank you so much," cried the girls in chorus.




XVIII

THE GRAND WIND-UP--GIRLS VS. BOYS


One day in late September the Boys' Garden Club received an invitation
to Katharine's house for four o'clock the following Saturday.

Never were boys more astonished than these as they were ushered into the
girls' garden.

"Well," Albert said quite frankly, "you have beaten us as far as beauty
goes. You try vegetables next summer, and we fellows will race you."

"Thank you!" answered Dee, "You are very kind to us, very! You may
possibly have noticed those beautiful window boxes at the Inn. Eloise
made those herself, stocked the boxes, and has cared for them, too.
Elizabeth's borders have grown as well, I should say, as Jack's flowers.
Peter will tell you of our sundial. Helena has a beautiful garden. To be
sure Leston has helped her but only because he wanted to so badly. Girls
are not such bad gardeners, are they?"

"Not bad?" shouted the boys, "you are wonders!"

"Every fellow here give three cheers for the girls," commanded Jay.
This was done with a hearty good will.

A week later the girls received an invitation to attend the boys' fall
exhibit, held at The Chief's house. Early that morning the boys had gone
to the woods to gather autumn boughs. The walls were a blaze of
bright-coloured leaves. About the room were placed tables upon which the
boys' products were exhibited. Fathers and mothers had come to the
exhibit; in fact, the whole village had turned out.

The prize went to Peter, for he had made the most money out of his
garden.

Just a word from a talk given by The Chief about the arrangement of
exhibits and matters in general. He said, "There are as many ways to
prepare vegetables and flowers for an exhibit as there are boys and
girls to exhibit. It is not enough to bring the articles to be
exhibited. The real art of showing one's things comes in artistic and
attractive arrangement.

"Vegetables should be thoroughly scrubbed and cleaned. Dirt clinging to
the roots needs sometimes a brush to get it entirely off. Carrots,
beets, radishes, turnips, celery and other vegetables where the edible
part is beneath ground, need this sort of attention, not only to make
them clean, but to bring out the colours in each case.

"The foliage of a vegetable plant often adds much to its appearance in
exhibition. For instance, the carrot has quite lovely lacey leaves. Beet
leaves have such good red colours in them that they, too, add something
to the general effect. The colours of the leaf and the colour of the
fruit itself are a harmony. When radish leaves are taken off there is no
good way of bunching the radishes. They are cut quite off from kith and
kin.

"The only objection to the foliage is its wilting, drooping, tired
looking leaves certainly add nothing lovely to the exhibit. If the
exhibition is of short duration there is no trouble along this line; if
it is one of several days the problem is different.

"Children's exhibits, however, usually last but a short time. But if the
products can be put away in cold storage over night, or in water in a
cool place, then it is possible to keep them in good shape.

"An outdoor exhibit is not wholly satisfactory because of the effect of
the air on the products. They wilt badly. A tent is far better than the
open-air table for exhibiting. With care the exhibition may always be
made attractive.

"The arrangement of products is one of the main features. Generally
children's exhibits are pretty messy and mussy looking. This is because
of two things: first, the children have so many little separate
exhibits; second, we do not stop to discuss carefully the matter of
arrangement and preparation. If the children understood fully that no
products would be admitted for exhibition unless these were cleaned,
were of uniform size, and of the requisite number, there would be little
trouble. With them, arrangement would have to be worked out largely on
the scene of action, although colour effects, bunching, and general
matters could be taken up beforehand.

"Let us think out a few general directions for exhibiting. First, all
products must be thoroughly cleaned. Heading vegetables, as cabbage and
lettuce, should be cleaned well, and perhaps two heads of each kind
shown by the exhibitor. Radishes, carrots, young onions and small
vegetables which are to be bunched should have anywhere from twelve to
twenty specimens in the bunch. Leave the foliage on such bunches. The
large vegetables like beets and parsnips may have from four mammoth
specimens to eight smaller ones. Potatoes are exhibited by the plate and
so are tomatoes. There are supposed to be seven large specimens to the
plate.

"Flowers are usually shown cut and arranged in vases. The vases should
be of clear, white glass for the best effects. Rose bowls may be used,
too. Do not put grand collections of all varieties and colours of
flowers together. Suppose the exhibit of a certain person is to be one
of asters. Then put the purple ones together in a vase, the pink ones
together in another vase.

"Another mistake of exhibitors is the huddling of products into close
quarters. Give your individual specimens plenty of room. Let the things
stand out as individual. The entire exhibit is spoiled when it looks
messy and huddled up.

"The labelling is often done poorly. Any little piece of paper is stuck
on the vases or under a bunch of vegetables. The child's name is written
in abominable handwriting. Write or neatly print a little card. Put on
this the date, name of the exhibitor (or number) and his place of
residence, if required.

"These, in brief, show the real educative lines along which one ought to
conduct a children's exhibit. The aesthetic side enters in largely, and
a proper bit of the commercial is here, too."

Well, this exhibit of the boys' was pretty good. Each boy had a set of
photographs showing the round of his work. These had been made into
books. Some of the boys had kept diaries. The diaries had in them not
only an account of experiences, but also the tables worked out with The
Chief. Jack had what he called an improvement section, which gave ways
by which he might improve over his present methods of work. The garden
plans drawn to a scale were on the walls. Myron had brought his set of
real garden tools. The pieces of hand work made by the boys were there,
too.

George had made a collection of garden pests, while Philip and Peter had
made collections of weed pests. All the pamphlets from Washington which
they had used in their work and those from their own state experiment
station were on a little table.

Each boy told briefly the difficulties he had encountered and how he had
met them. After a talk by Jay, Albert spoke of the experiment in
inoculation of soil. Then he and Jay disappeared, and returned with
plates, one for each guest, and on each plate were two spoonfuls of
beans, one of the inoculated and the other of the uninoculated beans.
The visitors were not told which were which. Then a vote was taken as to
which were the better. Of course, the inoculated beans won out.

After this, the real refreshments were served. "I should like to ask,"
Dee made bold to say, "where you boys got strawberries to make ice cream
of? Strawberries in October! You certainly do not expect us to believe
you raised them."

"I did," said Myron, striking an attitude before her. "I did in my own
little patch."

"Did you make a few cakes of ice and thus have a cold storage plant?"
Dee continued sarcastically.

"Dear me, no! I'm much more clever than that. One day, with a few
baskets of berries tucked under this noble right arm of mine, I walked
to this house. I knocked at the door. A man let me in. He tied an apron
about this waist. We actually canned these same berries which you are
now eating as a frozen delicacy."

"You boys are altogether too smart," and Dee turned her back on Myron to
accept a second dish of cream from Philip.

That didn't disturb Myron any, for he cakewalked back to the kitchen for
more cream.

"Well, it was a fine exhibit for mere lads," Jack's father was heard to
say on his way home; "If we could bring into this little village a few
more men like our boys' Chief there would be no question about a boy's
coming up all right. It makes me ashamed to think that we parents have
left this work to an outsider."

"I feel," answered George's father, "that this man is a real 'insider'."

After all the guests had left The Chief's once again the boys formed
their line and saluted the man.

"Is there nothing for us this winter, O Chief?" asked Albert.

"Plenty. We are going to have a beautiful winter, and next spring better
work."

Laden with their trophies the boys reluctantly started for home. They
stood in the road in front of The Chief's gate, and the moon shone down
on seven happy, manly boys. The three cheers to The Chief arose clear
and shrill on the still evening air. As it died away the boys seemed to
melt into the shadows of the road.

The man stood motionless in his doorway until the last sound of the boys
died away. Then he went back into the room to dream over the fire dreams
for his boys.




PART II

THE CHIEF'S GARDEN TALKS




I

THE SOIL


The following winter The Chief gave Friday afternoon talks to his boys
and girls. These meetings did not in any way interfere with the boys'
regular Saturday evening club.

Immediately after school each Friday afternoon they all trooped round to
The Chief's little house, which had become a centre of village interest.
Finally the men came too, for they had found out that this man knew of
what he spoke.

But we are wandering away from those Friday afternoons.

There was the strangest collection of stools and benches in The Chief's
side entry, all belonging to the boys and girls. "You must each one
bring your own seat, because you all know that I haven't chairs enough
to go around." And this called forth the collection.

It was an odd sight that first Friday in early November. A long straggly
line of boys and girls, each one with a seat of some kind, wound its
way up to The Chief's hospitable door, where he stood waiting, laughing
aloud at the sight. In they came, and made a semi-circle about the big
fireplace.

"I just love this room," said Albert, voicing the feelings of them all.

"I have thought," began The Chief, "that since our really successful
first year of gardening, we ought to be in a position to undertake and
to desire to know more about certain subjects which I shall discuss.
Each Friday I am going to take up a topic such as I should if I were
teaching you in school."

"You do not mean that we'll have to remember and answer questions just
like school? You surely do not mean that, Big Chief," broke in Albert.

"No," replied the man laughing, "no, you may forget it all if you like.
Remember it, if it seems to you useful. But if it's a strain on you,
Albert, make it your business to forget."

They all laughed at this, but none so heartily as Albert himself.
"That's one on this old head of mine," he said, banging that member up
against the side of the chimney.

"My first talk I have given you in part, but I have more I wish to add.
I believe even Albert can stand it. The subject is the soil.

"Soil primarily had its beginning from rock together with animal and
vegetable decay, if you can imagine long stretches or periods of time
when great rock masses were crumbling and breaking up. Heat, water
action, and friction were largely responsible for this. By friction here
is meant the rubbing and grinding of rock mass against rock mass. Think
of the huge rocks, a perfect chaos of them, bumping, scraping, settling
against one another. What would be the result? Well, I am sure you all
could work that out. This is what happened: bits of rock were worn off,
a great deal of heat was produced, pieces of rock were pressed together
to form new rock masses, some portions becoming dissolved in water. Why,
I myself, almost feel the stress and strain of it all. Can you?

"Then, too, there were great changes in temperature. First everything
was heated to a high temperature, then gradually became cool. Just think
of the cracking, the crumbling, the upheavals, that such changes must
have caused! You know some of the effects in winter of sudden freezes
and thaws. But the little examples of bursting water pipes and broken
pitchers are as nothing to what was happening in the world during those
days. The water and the gases in the atmosphere helped along this
crumbling work.

"From all this action of rubbing, which action we call mechanical, it is
easy enough to understand how sand was formed. This represents one of
the great divisions of soil--sandy soil. The sea shores are great masses
of pure sand. If soil were nothing but broken rock masses then indeed it
would be very poor and unproductive. But the early forms of animal and
vegetable life decaying became a part of the rock mass and a better soil
resulted. So the soils we speak of as sandy soils have mixed with the
sand other matter, sometimes clay, sometimes vegetable matter or humus,
and often animal waste.

[Illustration: Constant Cultivation of the Soil Saved George's Cabbages

Photograph by Karl W. Helmer]

"Clay brings us right to another class of soils--clayey soils. It
happens that certain portions of rock masses became dissolved when water
trickled over them and heat was plenty and abundant. This dissolution
took place largely because there is in the air a certain gas called
carbon dioxide or carbonic acid gas. This gas attacks and changes
certain substances in rocks. Sometimes you see great rocks with portions
sticking up looking as if they had been eaten away. Carbonic acid did
this. It changed this eaten part into something else which we call
clay. A change like this is not mechanical but chemical. The difference
in the two kinds of change is just this: in the one case of sand, where
a mechanical change went on, you still have just what you started with,
save that the size of the mass is smaller. You started with a big rock,
and ended with little particles of sand. But you had no different kind
of rock in the end. Mechanical action might be illustrated with a piece
of lump sugar. Let the sugar represent a big mass of rock. Break up the
sugar, and even the smallest bit is sugar. It is just so with the rock
mass; but in the case of a chemical change you start with one thing and
end with another. You started with a big mass of rock which had in it a
portion that became changed by the acid acting on it. It ended in being
an entirely different thing which we call clay. So in the case of
chemical change a certain something is started with and in the end we
have an entirely different thing. The clay soils are often called mud
soils because of the amount of water used in their formation. The slate
that Myron brought for road making belongs to the clay family, and so
does shale.

"The third sort of soil which we farm people have to deal with is lime
soil. Remember we are thinking of soils from the farm point of view.
This soil of course ordinarily was formed from limestone. Just as soon
as one thing is mentioned about which we know nothing, another comes up
of which we are just as ignorant. And so a whole chain of questions
follows. Now you are probably saying within yourselves, how was
limestone first formed?

"At one time ages ago the lower animal and plant forms picked from the
water particles of lime. With the lime they formed skeletons or houses
about themselves as protection from larger animals. Coral is
representative of this class of skeleton-forming animal.

"As the animal died the skeleton remained. Great masses of this living
matter pressed all together, after ages, formed limestone. Some
limestones are still in such shape that the shelly formation is still
visible. Marble, another limestone, is somewhat crystalline in
character. Another well-known limestone is chalk. Perhaps you'd like to
know a way of always being able to tell limestone. I'll drop a little of
this acid on some lime. See how it bubbles and fizzles. Now Albert will
drop some on this chalk and on the marble, too. The same bubbling takes
place. So lime must be in these three structures. One does not have to
buy a special acid for this work, for even the household acids like
vinegar will cause the same result. Albert will prove this to you.

"Then these are the three types of soil with which the farmer has to
deal, and which we wish to understand. For one may learn to know his
garden soil by studying it, just as one learns a lesson by study.

"I believe the boys from their last winter's work feel fairly familiar
with soils, I have in these three tumblers the three types of soil. As I
pour water on them just see what happens. Observe how little water it
takes to saturate sand. The limy soil holds more water and the clayey an
amazing quantity.

"I do not know whether you are much acquainted with the sea shore, I
doubt it."

"I am," broke in Katharine, "for each summer, except this last one, I
have spent a month at the beach."

"Then possibly you can tell us, Katharine, whether, or not, the sand
takes in, or absorbs, much heat during the day."

"Indeed it does absorb heat; why some days we used to go barefooted on
the beach right after dinner. I can tell you there were times when we
couldn't stand the heat of the sand."

"That is quite true," continued The Chief, "sand absorbs heat to a
remarkable degree. This heat is, to be sure, in the upper layers of the
sand. Had Katharine burrowed down with her toes below those upper layers
she would have found moist, cool sands. But an upper layer of soil, made
up of particles which fall apart easily because of the loose make-up, a
layer which has absorbed little water and much heat--well, to me that
sort of soil doesn't sound quite right for good gardening. Add to such a
soil, humus in the shape of stable manure in large quantities and this
same poor soil becomes very good.

"Now here is the lime soil tumbler. This soil has taken up rather more
water than the sand took. But it, too, surely needs to develop greater
power to take in and hold water. So the same sort of medicine which we
gave the sandy soil may be dealt out to the lime soil. Lime is a pretty
good substance to have in soil. Lime is a kind of fertilizer in itself;
it's a soil sweetener; it helps to put plant food in shape for use, and
causes desirable bacteria to grow. This sounds a bit staggering but all
of these things I am going to talk over with you. So just at present
forget it, Albert, if it is a heavy burden.

"The clay soil, you observe, has taken in quite a quantity of water.
That seems like a good thing. It is. But clay has a mean little habit
of squeezing tightly its particles together with the aid of water so
that air is excluded from the mass. It forms huge lumps; it bakes out
and cracks badly; and it is also very damp, cold and soggy in early
spring.

"As the problem with sand is to add something so that more water may be
held in the soil, so the problem with clay is to overcome that
bothersome habit of baking and caking and cracking. To do this we might
add sand or ashes. But perhaps it would be better yet to add manure with
a lot of straw in it. This is the easiest kind of thing for country boys
and girls to get, because the bedding swept out of horses' stalls is
just the thing.

"When I speak of clay's horrid habit of tight squeezing, I always have
to stop and talk about the two great needs of all soils. One is the need
for water; the other, for air. A soil cannot exist without these two
things any more than we can. Without these, or poorly supplied with
them, a soil is as if it were half-starved.

"That trouble always comes from a lack of one or the other is quite
sufficient to prove to us that these are essential. Just see how sand
lacks water, as does lime soil too! But there is plenty of air space,
unless these soils are too finely powdered. Now look at clay! plenty of
water, but how about the air? When clay begins its packing, then air is
excluded.

"So one of the questions to be asked in soil improvement concerns the
water and air problem. We must have air spaces, and we must have
water-holding capacity.

"Before we go home I must just speak of soil and subsoil. When you
strike your spade down into the earth and lay bare a section of the soil
this is what you see: on top is the plant growth, the soil beneath this,
dark in texture and about our locality of a depth of from six to eight
inches. This layer is called the topsoil. In sections of the West it is
several feet in depth. Now below the topsoil is a lighter coloured, less
fertile, more rocky layer, the subsoil. Beneath comes a layer of rock.

"And finally you may be a bit confused by the word loam. It is often
given as one of the classes of soils. By loam we mean clay, sand and
humus. You will often hear people speaking of a sandy loam or a clayey
loam according as there is a greater percentage of sand or clay in the
soil.

"Next Friday I shall talk about soil fertility. So trot home lively
now!"




II

PLANT FOOD


A soil, as I have said before to the boys, may contain all the food
necessary for plant growth and still not support any good growth at all.
That means then we ought to be able in some way or other so to
understand the soil that it will be possible to unlock these good things
for the plants to live on.

"I see a question in Josephine's and Miriam's faces. I guess that this
question is concerning what the plant food is in soils. That is right,
is it not?

"Well, I'll take that up first, then;--different ways of improving and
increasing the goodness of the soil.

"The foods that are necessary and essential to plants and most likely to
be lacking in the soil are nitrogen, potash and phosphorus. Now by no
means must you think that these are the only chemicals which are foods,
for there are something like thirteen, all of which do a share in the
food supply. Oxygen and carbon are very necessary indeed. Oxygen is both
in the air and in water. Carbon plants take entirely from the air. I
might go on and tell you of iron, of sulphur, of silicon and all the
others. But you would only get confused, so I am going to make you
acquainted with these three entirely necessary ones. They are
capricious; often missing, and when not missing hard to make into
available food for plants.

"The soil contains many bacteria, small living organisms. These may be
divided into two classes, the good ones and the bad ones. The good ones
acting on nitrogenous matter put it in shape for the plant to absorb or
feed upon. You see nitrogen may be in soil in quantities sufficient for
nourishment. But unless it is in a compound available for use, it is of
no value to the plant. Then there are the bad bacteria which act upon
nitrogen in such a way as to form compounds which escape from the soil
as a gas. That is pretty bad, is it not?

"How can the good bacteria be encouraged to grow, and the bad ones
prevented from forming? The necessary conditions for the growth of good
bacteria are air, water, darkness, humus matter and freedom from acid
condition of the soil. If the soil is acid then these other 'chaps' set
up their work; so we must see to it that our soils are well cultivated,
well aired, have plenty of manure, and, if acid, have a liming, so that
these bacteria missionaries can start their good work.

"The manure I spoke of above is the great source of nitrogen upon which
most plants depend. There is nitrogen sufficient right in the air, but
that again is not available. Certain plants like beans, peas and clovers
belonging to the family of legumes are a great deal more fortunate than
the rest of the plant families, for, under favourable conditions, they
develop bacteria which make it possible to take into themselves free
nitrogen. Just look here! See this narrow box; I can drop down one side
of it. Here is a sheet of glass put on so you may look at the roots of
the beans which are planted close to this glass side. Just observe the
great extent of root system. Now see on the roots these white lumps, or
nodules as they are called. These contain nitrogen-gathering bacteria.
Some farmers in order to get more available nitrogen in the soil plant a
crop of some legume. Then these root masses with their treasures on them
are spaded into the soil.

"But most plants depend for nitrogen on manure. Whenever you see sickly
looking foliage know that nitrogen is lacking, and supply manure in
order to obtain it.

"The next element is potash. Its most common source of supply is wood
ashes, not coal ashes. One may buy potash in the form of the muriate or
sulphate. I told the boys before that potash was good for seed and
fruit. Pretty necessary to have in the soil, is it not? Stunted fruit
and poor seed mean lack of potash. Phosphorus helps in this work too,
and also assists in the forming of fine flowers. Bone ash and phosphates
are the sources of this food element.

"So if we just consider the classes of soils with which we have to deal,
remember the foods that must be had, and the effects on plants where one
(or all) of these is lacking, we have in our hands a help to soil
troubles.

"Take sandy soil--what is its greatest need? I should say humus. It
certainly should have more nitrogen. So add humus in the form of manure.
Spread it on your piece of garden plot anywhere from two to six inches
deep. This spaded in will, I think, do the work. You see sand allows
water to trickle away too fast. Water must be held properly in the soil.

"The clay soil really needs air. The good bacteria will not work without
this. So spade the soil up in the fall, and leave it weathering in huge
lumps. Sand or ashes added in the spring helps the air question too. A
sprinkling of lime over the surface tends to sweeten the entire soil;
for clay soil, so often too wet, is liable to get sour. Lime also adds
another plant food called calcium. It would not be bad to add some humus
in order to have an even greater supply of nitrogen.

"The lime soil, light and sweet, needs humus too. It should have this to
add body and ability to hold water.

"Sometimes it is well to add in the spring a sprinkling of phosphates;
that is a chemical fertilizer. Chemical fertilizers are like tonics to
the soil.

"All this very briefly puts us in touch with plant foods. I think you
all know from your school work that plants take their foods in liquid
form. These solutions of foods are very, very weak. That is another
reason why we should see that, if possible, there is plenty of
nourishment available in the soil, and plenty of water too.

"These bean roots and rootlets show the feeding area or places of
plants. Notice the small roots which apparently have a fringe on them.
These fringes we call the root hairs. These absorb, soak up the dilute
food which is in the soil.

"It is very wonderful what power they have of penetrating the soil. See
the bit of blotter I have put down the path of one bean's root course.
It would seem to shut the rootlets entirely off from the soil.

"Jay will gently press the bit of blotter away from the soil. See here
and there how these root hairs have wound their way through the blotter
to the soil, their feeding place. It is well that plants have this power
of seeking and finding food. Because it greatly increases their food
chances.

"So much very briefly for plant food. I have not told you very much to
be sure, but it is quite enough, I think, for a 'starter,' I wish to
tell you a bit about the plant itself soon. A few experiments may liven
up the subject. So I shall ask Josephine, Miriam, and Ethel to attend to
those for us. We can take turns at demonstrating as Jay and Albert have
to-day. So you girls must remember to drop in to see me--say, Wednesday
of next week."




III

SEEDS


Now before we begin just have a look at these geraniums. They have
turned entirely around again and are looking out of the window at the
sun. The power which plants have to move is very clearly shown, is it
not? I am going to talk a little this afternoon about seeds.

"Any reliable seed house can be depended upon for good seeds; but even
so, there is a great risk in seeds. A seed may to all appearances be all
right and yet not have within it vitality enough, or power, to produce a
hardy plant.

"If you save seed from your own plants you are able to choose carefully.
Suppose you are saving seed of aster plants. What blossoms shall you
decide upon? Now it is not the blossom only which you must consider, but
the entire plant. Why? Because a weak, straggly plant may produce one
fine blossom. Looking at that one blossom so really beautiful you think
of the numberless equally lovely plants you are going to have from the
seeds. But just as likely as not the seeds will produce plants like the
parent plant.

"So in seed selection the entire plant is to be considered. Is it
sturdy, strong, well shaped and symmetrical; does it have a goodly
number of fine blossoms? These are questions to ask in seed selection.

"If you boys and girls should happen to have the opportunity to visit a
seedsman's garden, you will see here and there a blossom with a string
tied around it. These are blossoms chosen for seed. If you look at the
whole plant with care you will be able to see the points which the
gardener held in mind when he did his work of selection.

"Last winter we had quite a discussion on corn seed selection. So we
will not discuss that further. Only let me say this for the benefit of
the girls in order to show them the care which must be exercised in
selection. Should a finely formed ear of corn have one or two black
kernels on it, then that shows a cross or taint, do not use such an ear
for the old trouble may crop out. Take an ear of seed corn, notice the
small and rather undersized kernels at the top; do not use these. Select
kernels, the largest, plumpest and best shaped.

"In seed selection size is another point to hold in mind. Suppose Peter
had bought a package of bean seed. Pull the little envelope out of your
pocket, young man, and open it up. Just look at those seeds as Peter
spreads them out here. Now we know no way of telling anything about the
plants from which this special collection of seeds came. So we must give
our entire thought to the seeds themselves. It is quite evident that
there is some choice; some are much larger than the others; some far
plumper, too. By all means choose the largest and fullest seed. The
reason is this: When you break open a bean--and this is very evident,
too, in the peanut--you see what appears to be a little plant. So it is.
Under just the right conditions for development this 'little chap' grows
into the bean plant you know so well.

"This little plant must depend for its early growth on the nourishment
stored up in the two halves of the bean seed. For this purpose the food
is stored. Beans are not full of food and goodness for you and me to
eat, but for the little baby bean plant to feed upon. And so if we
choose a large seed, we have chosen a greater amount of food for the
plantlet. This little plantlet feeds upon this stored food until its
roots are prepared to do their work. So if the seed is small and thin,
the first food supply insufficient, there is a possibility of losing the
little plant.

"You may care to know the name of this pantry of food. It is called a
cotyledon if there is but one portion, cotyledons if two. Thus we are
aided in the classification of plants. A few plants that bear cones like
the pines have several cotyledons. But most plants have either one or
two cotyledons.

"Some plantlets, as they develop and start to push above the ground,
bear along the cotyledon. This is true in the case of the bean. Jack and
Peter have planted corn and beans in this box, not to have succotash but
to show you about the habits of seeds. See the bean plantlet, big,
sturdy, fellow, is still clinging to its seed leaves or cotyledons, its
baby nourishment. Now look at the corn: there is absolutely no sign
above ground of its one seed leaf.

"So from large seeds come the strongest plantlets. That is the reason
why it is better and safer to choose the large seed. It is the same case
exactly as that of weak children. Look at Myron, great strapping fellow!
Hasn't he a fine chance in the world? Do you remember that little sickly
boy who was in school last spring? He was as old as Myron, yet see how
handicapped he is. Try not to bring weak little plantlets into the plant
world. Bring strong, sturdy, healthy ones by careful seed selection.

"There is often another trouble in seeds that we buy. The trouble is
impurity. Seeds are sometimes mixed with other seeds so like them in
appearance that it is impossible to detect the fraud. Pretty poor
business, is it not? The seeds may be unclean. Bits of foreign matter in
with large seed are very easy to discover. One can merely pick the seed
over and make it clean. By clean is meant freedom from foreign matter.
But if small seed are unclean, it is very difficult, well nigh
impossible, to make them clean.

"The third thing to look out for in seed is viability. We know from our
testings that seeds which look to the eye to be all right may not
develop at all. There are reasons. Seeds may have been picked before
they were ripe or mature; they may have been frozen; and they may be too
old. Seeds retain their viability or germ developing power, a given
number of years and are then useless. There is a viability limit in
years which differs for different seeds. This matter, along with
directions for testing, the girls may get from our club secretary,
Albert. All of this we took up last year in our preliminary garden work
before we started outdoor work.

"From the test of seeds we find out the germination percentage of seeds.
Now if this percentage is low, don't waste time planting such seed
unless it be small seed. Immediately you question that statement. Why
does the size of the seed make a difference? This is the reason. When
small seed is planted it is usually sown in drills. Most amateurs
sprinkle the seed in very thickly. So a great quantity of seed is
planted. And enough seed germinates and comes up from such close
planting. So quantity makes up for quality.

"But take the case of large seed, like corn for example. Corn is planted
just so far apart and a few seeds in a place. With such a method of
planting the matter of per cent, of germination is most important
indeed.

"Small seeds that germinate at fifty per cent. may be used but this is
too low a per cent. for the large seed. Suppose we test beans. The
percentage is seventy. That per cent. would pass you in school, but it
does not pass muster here. For if such low-vitality seeds were planted,
we could not be absolutely certain of the seventy per cent. coming up.
But if the seeds are lettuce go ahead with the planting. Peter will pass
around these germinating per cent. tables which he has printed for you.
I'd advise you to paste these in your garden diaries. After a test refer
to this table which is from a United States Agricultural Dept. list for
seeds not over one year old. You then know at once whether the seed is
worth using.

    --------------------------------------------------------
                    PER CENT. OF GERMINATION
    --------------------------------------------------------
    Beans         90 | Leek           80 | Pumpkin        87
    Cabbage       90 | Lettuce        85 | Radish         90
    Carrots       80 | Muskmelon      87 | Spinach        84
    Cauliflower   80 | Okra           80 | Squash         87
    Celery        60 | Onion          80 | Tomatoes       85
    Corn          87 | Parsley        70 | Turnips        90
    Cucumber      87 | Peas           93 | Watermelon     87
    Eggplant      80 | Peppers        80 |
    --------------------------------------------------------

"After being sure of good seed the next step to consider is when to
plant the seed. It is well to start certain seed inside and so get a bit
ahead of the season. Other seed may as well wait, and be planted out in
the open when the ground is warm.

"Such vegetable seed as the following may be started inside.

    --------------------------------------------
                 INDOOR PLANTING TIME-TABLE
    --------------------------------------------
    FEBRUARY      |   MARCH       |    APRIL
    --------------------------------------------
    Artichoke     |               |
    Cabbage       |               |
    Celery        |  Cucumber     |
    Egg plant     |  Egg plant    |
    Lettuce       |  Lettuce      |  Muskmelon
    Onion         |  Pepper       |
    Radish        |  Radish       |
    Tomato        |               |  Tomato
    --------------------------------------------

"Flower seeds I will take up later because I wish to think over the
flower garden by itself.

"When shall we plant seeds outdoors? Now no one under the sun can say
plant such and such a seed on May 30th or April 1st. It is the same
absurd case as saying change your winter clothes for summer ones on May
1st. Many writers will cover this subject by saying plant seeds when the
earth is warm. But even that is a pretty general sort of direction.

"Nature has given us a planting guide. She tacks her notice on the fruit
trees. When those early blooming trees, the peach and the plum, put out
their beautiful blossoms the first planting time is on. To be sure the
temperature then is a bit low, only about 45 degrees, so the planting is
not of the more tender vegetables. Get your seed of beet, carrot,
cabbage, cauliflower, endive, kale, lettuce, parsley, parsnip, onion,
pea, radish, turnip and spinach. These may all be planted.

"The next signal to watch for is given by the blooming of the apple
trees. This is the planting time for the more tender seed. These need a
temperature of about 60 degrees in the shade, real apple-blooming time.
Corn, beans, egg plant, melon, squash, cucumber, pumpkin, tomato and
pepper seeds may be planted.

"But when is the time to put out the hotbed, or indoor-started
seedlings? When the apple blossoms drop their petals and have passed by
is the signal for them to go into the ground. Of course, they naturally
would be the last, for they are made very tender from their glass-grown
coddling.

"When it comes to the planting of seed there are certain things to
remember always. First the ground should be made very fine. This is an
easy matter if the planting is done in the hotbed, but more of a problem
in the outdoor garden. It is foolish to plant at all if one does not
intend to do things right. So work over the seed bed thoroughly. After
all is fine and deeply worked, say to about a foot deep, the next thing
to consider is this--how deep should a seed be planted?

"The depth depends upon the size of the seed. Take such small seed as
poppy, parsley, even lettuce, and these may be just sprinkled on the
surface of the ground. Then tread them in with the foot or place a board
over them and walk on the board. In this way the small seed are pressed
into the soil quite sufficiently.

"For seeds in general the following might answer for a rule: There are
seeds like corn, oats, wheat and the grasses which come up unhampered by
their seed leaves. Such seed may be planted deeply--say ten times the
thickness of the seed. Other seed like beans, squash, radish, etc., push
and carry their seed leaves up through the soil with them. So these,
because of this extra work, should be planted nearer the surface. Four
or five times the thickness of the seed is a safe rule to follow.

"When the seed becomes entirely or nearly saturated with water then
germination begins. Sometimes people soak their corn in tepid water
before planting. This hastens germination. But on the other hand if the
soil is very wet and cold the soaked seeds may rot in so much moisture.
Certain seeds have very thick coverings. Canna, date and nut seeds are
examples. Their cases are so hard and absorb moisture so slowly that
germination is a long process. To hasten this little holes may be
drilled in the case, thus giving the plant germ a chance to get out.
Nurserymen crack the nuts in order to help matters along. You can
readily see what a really difficult piece of work it is for a tiny
embryo or baby plant to break open a thick case.

"If seeds are planted too deeply again, a tremendous piece of work is
imposed upon the little plant. To push up through, say one inch of soil,
would be quite a task for a lettuce seedling.

"Finally in seed planting, the soil must be safely compacted or pressed
about the seed. The object of this is to bring in contact with all parts
of the seed soil particles with their films of water. Suppose a radish
seed is planted and no soil happens to come in direct contact with the
seed. That distance, so slight to us, is a well-nigh impossible one for
the rootlets to extend to.

"There is a possibility of course, of too close compacting. This occurs
when the soil is very wet. Do not compact at all then. In fact, such
soil condition represents a very bad time for planting, anyway. Moisture
is necessary for germination, but superabundance of water is fatal. It
is simply ideal when after a planting a gentle rain comes--germination.

"I remember once seeing a garden which school children had planted so
close to the surface that after a rain most of the seeds were lying all
sprouted on the surface of the soil. Take care not to plant in such a
manner.

"This talk has been largely for the purpose of bringing to your minds
certain necessary points. Let me sum them up: Cheap seed are expensive
because they are often full of impurities and lack vital power. Buy
good seed and test _them_. Plant large seed, because the storage of food
is greater. Make the soil conditions right in order to give every help
to the seed. Plant neither too deep, nor too near the surface. Compact
the soil, and so aid germination. The first start of work must be right;
otherwise, trouble comes."




IV

THE PLANT ITSELF


"To think of a plant as a breathing, growing thing is wonderful, but it
is far more wonderful to think of it as something possible for even boys
and girls to train and improve. Here is a bed of petunias, let us say;
do you know just how it is possible to have larger, finer petunias next
year?

"A slight operation performed, and behold magic has been worked!

"First, we will go over the life history of a plant, and then I'll tell
you of this magic and how to work it. Or better yet my assistants here,
Josephine, Miriam and Ethel, will do the trick.

"A plant really goes through much the same operations in life as does an
animal. Only to be sure, these operations are performed in a rather
different way. A plant has a digestive, or feeding, system, a breathing
apparatus, the power to rid itself of waste and to make seed; it moves,
and it grows, too. Philip looked a bit skeptical when I said it moves.
Well, it does. Of course, a plant does not walk about, and move from
spot to spot. But a plant can and does move. Why it can turn itself
around back to, even. Just look at my geranium slips there! they seem to
be breaking their backs to peep out of the window and look at their best
friend, the sun. Turn all of them around, George. See, they face us now!
remember to look at them next Friday.

"But to start over again. A plant has just three necessary and important
parts: these parts are the roots, stem, and leaves. No, Elizabeth, the
fruit and flowers are not separate parts. Why? Well, merely because by
some queer provision of the plant world, the leaves are responsible for
making or forming both the flower and the fruit. If you watch a bud form
and unfold, you will notice that the entire little bud seems to be a
series of leaves. And if your fingers were clever enough you could take
tiny leaves and fold them into the parts which go to make up the flower
and the fruit. This last, like most of the rest of that I am telling
you, is just one of the miracles of nature.

"The root, rootlets and root hairs all go to make up the root-system of
a plant. This system is a feeding and food storage system; cold storage,
we might call it.

"I have spoken before about how the root hairs absorb food. Food is
soaked up something as a blotter soaks up ink. Underground plant food
must be liquid in nature. This is because plants, like babies, must have
very dilute food. Plants can no more get food out of a dry lump of soil
than a little baby can get its food from a hunk of bread or a thick
slice of corn beef. But let that soil be water-soaked, and have the
proper bacteria at work, and the material is in plant-food form.
Josephine has here an old, old experiment. What was a white pink is now
a red one. It has been in that glass of red ink and a little water. And
lo, up the stem the red fluid climbed until it suffused the white flower
and made it red. Notice as Miriam holds that lump of sugar only just
touching the surface of the water, the water moves up that lump. In this
way water and liquid food rise up the stems of plants. Just so, too,
water rises in the soil from the lower layers up to the feeding place of
the roots, and even up to the surface of the ground.

"As the roots are feeding and storing places, so the stem is a sort of
passage way for the passing back and forth of liquids. Take a stem of a
big plant, like an oak tree, and you see in the wood where storage of
fibre has gone on. But the great work is that of interchange.

"Leaves are very active portions of the plant. They represent a great,
busy manufactory. Manufacturing what? That question I see stamped on
Myron's face so plainly he need not speak it out. Manufacturing real
food out of raw material--that is the work of these plant shops.

"Let me tell you about this. Ethel has in her hands two little plants.
The one in her right hand has been growing in the light; the other, in
her left hand, has been put away in the dark to grow. The absence of
green colour is very marked in this latter plant. So you see it takes
light to form this green, or chlorophyll as it is called. The
chlorophyll-saturated cells, absorbing carbonic acid and the
water-diluted food from the soil, literally break them up. And when
broken, food is found suitable for plants to absorb. Wonderful, is it
not?

"I spoke of carbonic acid; well, this is a gas, as some of you have
found out before, made up of carbon and oxygen. It is a gas which we of
the animal kingdom breathe out as waste from our bodies. The plant takes
it in through the leaf--and, by the way, I ought to explain that. It is
this way: if we had a magnifying glass we should find over the inner
surface of leaves, pores, or stomata as they are called. They open in
the presence of light; and from these openings what the plant has no use
for passes out, and gases from the air may pass in. Some call these
openings breathing pores.

"Quantities of water pass out through these pores. When this process
goes on too rapidly a plant will wilt.

"So, to go back, we will suppose that carbonic acid gas has passed into
the leaves. Straightway the chlorophyll bodies get to work. The gas is
broken up, and oxygen and carbon are left. The carbon is wood the plant
builds. Some of the oxygen passes out into the air and some is kept for
plant food use.

"It is a good thing for us that some of the oxygen does escape into the
air for we need it. So you see we, in our respiration, and the plant, in
its breathing, are doing each other a good turn.

"Of course, there is the dilute food from the soil, which is largely
mineral matter and water. The chlorophyll bodies work away on these
minerals, and make them into foods. A great body of water, as I have
said before, passes out of the plant through the stomata.

"I have told you a thing that the plant can do which we are not capable
of doing. A plant takes a mineral and makes it over into food. You and
I, unless we happen to be circus glass-eaters, are not built to do this
work. But the vegetables which we eat do the work for us.

"A great deal of plant food is in the form of sugars and starches. I
remember Katharine and Peter told me last winter that in their
physiology they learned how sugars and starches were made in our own
bodies. And lo and behold, the geranium can do a similar thing.

"Some plants store up lots of starch, as the potato. Others store
quantities of sugar, as the Southern sugar cane and the beet. Wonderful?
Well, I guess it is. If we could hear and see all the work these
energetic little chlorophyll bodies are doing, we should be amazed.

"You will remember that I told you some plants could take the very
necessary chemical nitrogen from the air; most of them, however, must
get it from the soil. And so again this from the soil solution is worked
over into available food.

"After all we must not fail to see that water is most important. It
floats all the important food elements to the leaves for the work to be
done there. The food carbon, of course, is an exception to this rule and
I will say again in certain cases nitrogen is, also.

"Thus you boys and girls now understand how necessary it is that a soil
should be of the right texture to hold water. If it is not, it must be
helped to be so. Sand, you will remember, had to be doctored to hold
water. Clay needed treatment in order to make it quit its bad habit of
baking out.

"Here is a rather interesting experiment set up by Josephine and Ethel.
Look at the first piece of apparatus--a tumbler partly full of water, a
piece of cardboard over the top of the tumbler, and passing down through
a hole in the cardboard a piece of plant just stem stripped of leaves,
and finally a second tumbler clapped over the first. The second piece of
apparatus is exactly like the first, only that the stem, one end of
which is in the water, has leaves on the other end. Notice that the
upper glass in the second case has moisture on it. The upper tumbler of
the other set is perfectly dry. Whence, then, came the moisture? It
must, of course, be the leaves which gave it off, since they represent
the only difference in the two pieces of apparatus.

"I wish we might go on with whole sets of experiments, but for that we
have not time.

"You understand a little of the mission of root, stem and leaf. The root
does a good work in holding a plant in place. It is the foundation
material of the plant. There is much, much more to be learned about all
these subjects. This little is just to open your eyes to the wonders of
the work each plant is performing all the time.

"I said I would show you some magic. Well, this magic has to do with
plant improvement. It is not much of a trick to raise a plant, but it is
a great one to be able to improve that plant.

"Let me tell you of a friend of mine whom we will call Rodney, because
that is his real name. One day Rodney noticed the gardener doing
something with a little flat knife to a pansy. Then he tied a little
paper bag over the pansy, of course leaving the whole thing on the
plant.

"'What are you doing?' asked the lad. 'I am fixing that pansy so that
the seed from it shall be finer seed than they otherwise would be.'

"Then the old gardener explained this to Rodney: There are two parts to
flowers which are very necessary, absolutely necessary to making seed.
One part is the pistil, the other the stamen. Some flowers have both
pistils and stamen, while others have just the pistil and one has to
hunt for another plant having the stamen. You can tell the stamens in
this way: they are the parts which have in their care the pollen. Most
of you know pollen as a yellow powder or dust. Sometimes it is a sticky
gummy mass. The pistil is that part of the flower which ends in the seed
vessel. It very often takes a central position in the flower, standing
up importantly as if it were the 'part' of the flower. And after all, it
is. Now, when this pollen powder falls on the pistil it does not
explode. The pistil merely opens up a bit and down travels the powder
into the seed vessel to help form seed. There would be no real fertile
seed without the pollen.

"Sometimes the pollen from one flower falls on its own pistil, sometimes
the wind, the bees, the birds carry the pollen to flowers far off and
drop it on their pistils. Marvelous, is it not? Everything has to be
just right, or the pollen does not do its work nor the pistil, either.
Pollen has to be ripe to help make the seed.

"But how can the work of the wind and the bees and the birds be improved
on? Just as the old gardener was doing it. He had one pansy, oh such a
large one, but not at all beautiful in colour. He had another one, small
but exquisite in colouring. If he could but grow those two together,
shake them up, say a magic word and get a pansy both beautiful and
large!

"Rodney's gardener used magic but not a magic wand. He took a little
knife called a scalpel. He carefully took some pollen from the beautiful
pansy and then rubbed it gently over the pistil of the big pansy. The
pollen was all ready to drop, and by this he knew it was ripe.

"Why did he place a bag over the pansy? Well, simply because he didn't
wish that pansy interfered with. Suppose the bag were not on; suppose
after he had put the pollen on, the wind had blown other pollen to this
same pistil? Let us suppose that this other pollen came from a very
inferior flower. The experiment would have been spoiled.

"Any of you can try this plant improvement. I see by Katharine's eyes
and Dee's also that they are going to try it. It is well if you have a
pair of forceps. Then you need not use your fingers against the plant at
all. Gently pull the pistil a bit forward, gently place the pollen on
with the scalpel and you have performed the operation entirely with the
proper instruments.

"The girls did some saving of fine specimens of flowers this fall, but
the kind of work of which I have just told you means far more. In the
one case you choose from what you have; in the other case you make what
you want.

"Good-by, again, until next Friday afternoon!"




V

INCREASING PLANTS


"This last garden season we have tried two methods of raising plants:
one was by seed; the other by slips or cuttings. The girls will typify
still another method with their bulbs. This last method is by division.
A bulb as it stores up its nourishment after the blossoming time forms
new little bulbs. These may be separated from the parent tuber if large
enough. You all saw me dividing my peonies. Those peonies doubtless were
started years ago from one or two roots. And now when I dug them up it
looked as if I were laying in a stock of sweet potatoes so great was the
increase.

"There are just three other methods of propagating or increasing plants.
These are layering, budding and grafting.

"Layering is done in several ways. Suppose you have a gooseberry bush
you wish to layer. The time to do the work is after the flowering season
is past. Choose a branch which has not flowered. Strip off the lower
leaves. Now where the old and new wood meet is the place for the cut.
Make a cut right into the stem which will be like a tongue. Let this be
about an inch long. Hold this to the ground with the cut side down. Bank
soil over this. At and under the tongue the new shoots will start, and
the new gooseberry bush grow from this. This new plant may be cut off
from the parent. If the twig will not stay bent down in this position,
cut a forked piece of wood which shall act as a pin. Do you picture
this? A branch bent so that not far from the parent plant it is buried
under ground with the rest of the root protruding from the ground.

"A rubber plant may be layered or topped as it is called. Rubber plants
have an ugly habit of going to top, dropping off their lower leaves as
they do this. So they look as if they were trying to develop into huge
bushes, and they become very ugly in so doing. The top looks all right
and many a person wishes that top were off all by itself and nicely
potted.

"This is the way it is topped. A slit is cut in the bark about where you
would like to see roots growing. Then soil and florists' moss is bound
about the wound. These may easily be kept moist. A paper pot could be
put about the soil if one wished. The soil mass should be a ball of
about six inches in diameter. When the new roots appear through the
moss or poking out of the paper pot, cut the stem of the plant below the
pot. And behold you have a little rubber plant just as good as new, I
have told this before to the girls.

"Another method of layering is to cut the parent off down to the ground.
What is left is called the stool. This stool should be covered with
about six inches of earth. Let us suppose this is done in early spring.
When fall comes around uncover the stool. There will be found a number
of new shoots or plants all nicely protected. These may be transplanted.
Do you know that stool can be used over again?

"This work of layering is really very simple. Myron used it with his
strawberries. The runners were bent and buried just as those of the
gooseberry I spoke of. In this way new strawberry plants were obtained.
One shoot may be bent and buried more than once. So one may get just as
easily two or more new plants from one shoot. This seems as much a
miracle as the cross fertilization of plants.

"The fifth method is that of budding. Apple, peach, plum, cherry and
pear trees may be budded; so, too, may roses.

"In a word, a bud is taken from some desirable tree and inserted within
the bark of a tree either less desirable or young. Young fruit trees,
as you know, need some help before they produce good fruit. Now if
George had at home a peach tree which bore very fine fruit he would be
glad to cross a young tree with this. Budding is a kind of crossing.

"This work should be done in the spring, although it may be done in the
fall. But the spring is a more limber time with Nature. Sap is begining
to flow; life is new and fresh again; all the plant world is ready to
start up and do something. Then, too, the bark of trees should be in as
flexible a condition as possible. The two things really necessary for
the work are mature buds and bark easy to peel.

"Buds should be taken from the very strongest and best twigs of the last
year's growth. The little seedlings in which the buds are to be inserted
should be one year old. These are called the stock.

"This is the manner of inserting the bud: first make a T-shaped cut in
the bark of the stock. This cut should be made on the north side of the
little tree, because it will thus be more sheltered from the sun's rays.
The cut should not be far from the ground on the main trunk, although it
may be at the base of strong shoots. But make it in the former position
for these yearlings. Then loosen the bark with the flat handle of a
regular budding knife. Not many boys and girls own such knives. Some of
you have scalpels. The handles of these are flat enough to use. Again,
you could easily whittle a piece of wood thin and flat enough for this
work.

"The next question is how to sever a bud from its parent shoot. Suppose
you have chosen a nice full bud. About a quarter of an inch below the
base of the bud start cutting into the wood. Run the knife up to about
one quarter of an inch above the bud. Do not cut out through to the
surface, but rather from the upper surface cut the bark loose and peel
this carefully down until you can see the under surface of the bud. You
still have the wood attached to the twig at its upper edge. If as you
look at the under surface of the bud you see that it is hollow, throw
the whole thing away. If it has fibres then it is all right. The proper
layer is left to reunite with the stock. Now the bud and peeled-off bark
may be inserted in the T-shaped slip. Bind the bud in place with raffia.
Do this raffia bandaging both above and below the slit.

"In about ten days the bandage may come off, for the knitting of fibres
is well under way. Now the top of the little tree should be cut right
back to about two inches above the bud, because you wish all the growth
to go to the bud. This is the part of promise to the tree. All its hope
lies in this new bud.

"The best method of increase is that of grafting. A graft or scion,
which is a shoot with two or more buds on it of last year's growth, is
inserted on the stem of another plant called the stock.

"By means of this process of grafting, trees bearing poor fruit are made
to bear good fruit. Wild fruit trees are brought under cultivation, and
a given tree may bear several varieties of its given fruit. For example,
I have in mind a tree, the marvel of my childhood, which bore big sour
apples, beautiful Gravensteins, and a good quality of Baldwins. This
sort of experimenting with trees is not only as good as a puzzle, but is
of great value. To make a wild apple tree with its gnarly, little sour
apples into a really truly, well-behaved tree bearing good fruit is
worth while, is it not? Grafting is not only a method of improvement but
of taming stock, which is after all improvement.

"There are certain necessary precautions to take in this operation of
grafting; for this, like budding, is a surgical operation.

"In all woody branches the outer layer is the bark; next comes the green
layer. Between this layer and the real wood is a mass of fibres which go
by the name of 'cambium'. The cambium layer of the stock and the scion
must be one against the other in grafting in order that the sap may flow
freely as before. This layer of cambium might be likened to our blood
system. The two cambium layers must be pressed closely together so that
the operation may be successful. And finally no cut surface should be
left exposed to the air. It is air, you know, that plays havoc with
flesh wounds. More and more we see that tree doctors have a work
something like our own physicians.

"Grafting is usually done in the spring--in March or April--about the
time sap begins to flow. The grafts or scions may be cut before this.
Choose the tree from which you wish to take a scion. You choose it
because of its fine-flavoured, sound fruit. Perhaps the fruit is
especially large, too. Size of fruit, however, does not denote fine
fruit. I once had an apple that weighed a pound. It was a beauty, fair
to look upon. But what a tasteless, pithy piece of fruit it was.
Appearances in fruit are often deceitful. The scions were to be of the
last year's growth with two or more buds. The shoots should be clean,
healthy and vigorous. You must transmit no disease along with the
scions. These may be cut off in January or February, and stuck into the
soil for about four to six inches. Keep away from direct sunlight. The
buds of scions cut at this time are dormant as they should be.

"Grafting is named according to the manner in which the scion is put
into the stock. There is whip grafting, and cleft grafting. Whip
grafting is sometimes spoken of as tongue grafting.

"This latter method is accomplished in this way: Suppose you have a
scion in your hand. Cut across the end of it diagonally. Use a sharp
knife for this, and make a clean cut, as I now cut across this twig.
About two-thirds of the distance back from the narrow or more pointed
end of the cut make a vertical cut of about an inch right up into the
scion. Cut the stock in a similar way. Then insert the tongue of the
stock into the slit of the scion. Press these together carefully. Bind
with raffia. Whenever this work is done outdoors, as it would be in the
case of any of you who try this experiment, the union must be sealed
over. As official documents are sealed with wax, so this union is
legally sealed in wax. One can buy a regular grafting wax. Sometimes
people mix clay and grease together. That is simple, but pretty sticky
sounding.

"Realgrafting wax is made this way: To two parts of beeswax, add four of
resin. Melt these together with one pound of tallow or linseed oil.
When all are melted together, pour into cold water. Pull like molasses
candy until it is light coloured. One's fingers should be greased to
apply this wax properly.

"Cleft grafting is almost described by its name. A cleft or cut is made
in the stock after the stem has been neatly cut across. The cleft is a
vertical cut of about an inch in length. This is made through the centre
of the stock. The scion is made to fit down into this, so naturally it
is cut like a wedge. But there should be cuts made on both sides of the
scion diagonally to form this wedge. So two cut surfaces of cambium are
laid bare to fit against two similar surfaces of the stock. If the stock
is several times thicker than the graft or scion, there should be two of
these latter inserted. Place one at either end of the cleft. Bind and
wax.

"If the stock is the same thickness as the graft then these two fit
perfectly one into the other.

"This is only a little bit about grafting; but I trust this is enough to
get you all interested in this work.

"'Is grafting really necessary?' I heard Albert whisper a while ago. It
does seem like a great deal of work. The trouble with starting fruit
from seed and expecting to get good results lies in this point: Fruit
trees seems to lose in their development from seed the ability to
produce fruit as fine as the parent stock; and so grafting becomes a
necessity. Strange that this should be so, but it is.

"Start with a peach stone or seed. It came from a fine tree; the fruit
was luscious. And yet the little seedling which comes from that very
stone as a rule must be grafted to bear fruit of equally fine flavour as
that of the original peach. Fruit trees have a tendency to revert to old
wild poor forms. And so we must save them and help them.

"If any of you should start a little orchard he would wish to know how
far apart the trees should be. Apple trees should be set thirty to forty
feet apart each way; pear trees twenty to thirty feet each way; plums
and peaches sixteen to twenty feet each way. Trees need room in which to
spread out and develop; hence the distance given them. I am glad that
Myron has made a start on small fruits. His strawberries were a success.
I'd like to think that next season each of you was to have in his
garden, vegetables, flowers, one small fruit and one of the larger ones,
such as a seedling apple or peach."




VI

GARDEN OPERATIONS


"I suppose the talk to-day will seem to you all merely a repetition of
things you already know. Beginnings, however, are most important.
Results often take care of themselves, but beginnings never do. Gardens
started wrong always go wrong; that is, unless one tears up one's work
and begins over again.

"The first thing in garden making is the selection of a spot. Some of us
are saved that trouble, since we have no choice; or like Josephine, have
nothing at all in the way of space. Without a choice, it means simply
doing the best one can with conditions. With space limited it resolves
itself into no garden, or a box garden. Surely a box garden is better
than nothing at all. At least, Josephine felt this to be true, and
proved that parsley grows (with care) as well in a box as in the garden.
I claim that everyone may have something of a garden if he be willing to
take what comes to hand.

"But we will now suppose that it is possible to really choose just the
right site for the garden. What shall be chosen? The greatest
determining factor is the sun. No one would have a north corner, unless
it were absolutely forced upon him; because, while north corners do for
ferns, certain wild flowers, and begonias, they are of little use as
spots for a general garden.

"If possible, choose the ideal spot--a southern exposure. Here the sun
lies warm all day long. When the garden is thus located the rows of
vegetables and flowers should run north and south. Thus placed, the
plants receive the sun's rays all the morning on the eastern side, and
all the afternoon on the western side. One ought not to have any
lopsided plants with such an arrangement.

"Suppose the garden faces southeast. In this case the western sun is out
of the problem. In order to get the best distribution of sunlight run
the rows northwest and southeast.

"The idea is to get the most sunlight as evenly distributed as possible
for the longest period of time. From the lopsided growth of window
plants it is easy enough to see the effect on plants of poorly
distributed light. So if you use a little diagram remembering that you
wish the sun to shine part of the day on one side of the plants and part
on the other, you can juggle out any situation. The southern exposure
gives the ideal case because the sun gives half time nearly to each
side. A northern exposure may mean an almost entire cut-off from
sunlight; while northeastern and southwestern places always get uneven
distribution of sun's rays, no matter how carefully this is planned.

"The garden, if possible, should be planned out on paper. The plan is a
great help when the real planting time comes. It saves time and
unnecessary buying of seed. Last winter we drew some plans to a scale.
Peter, Philip, and Myron did this work in fine shape. They offer to take
groups of you girls and show you how to do it; so whenever you are ready
for this, the boys are ready, too. Sometimes we do change our plans
some, anyway a change is easily made when a plan has been drawn as a
basis.

"New garden spots are likely to be found in two conditions: they are
covered either with turf or with rubbish. In large garden areas the
ground is ploughed and the sod turned under; but in small gardens remove
the sod. How to take off the sod in the best manner is the next
question. Stake and line off the garden spot. The line gives an accurate
and straight course to follow. Cut the edges with the spade all along
the line. If the area is a small one, say four feet by eighteen or
twenty, this is an easy matter. Such a narrow strip may be marked off
like a checkerboard, the sod cut through with the spade, and easily
removed. This could be done in two long strips cut lengthwise of the
strip. When the turf is cut through, roll it right up like a roll of
carpet.

"But suppose the garden plot is large. Then divide this up into strips a
foot wide and take off the sod as before. What shall be done with the
sod? Do not throw it away for it is full of richness, although not quite
in available form. So pack the sod grass side down one square on
another. Leave it to rot and to weather. When rotted it makes a fine
fertilizer. Such a pile of rotting vegetable matter is called a compost
pile. All through the summer add any old green vegetable matter to this.
In the fall put the autumn leaves on. A fine lot of goodness is being
fixed for another season.

"The girls, I suppose, think this is a wretched heap to have in the
corner of a garden. So it is. But it is possible to screen it. Plant
before the space allotted to this, castor beans, tall cannas or
sunflowers. Perhaps the castor beans would be the best of all.
Sunflowers get brown and straggly looking before the season is past its
prime.

"Even when the garden is large enough to plough, I would pick out the
largest pieces of sod rather than have them turned under. Go over the
ploughed space, pick out the pieces of sod, shake them well and pack
them up in a compost heap.

"What is to be done with the rubbish often found on new garden sites? If
this be only weeds and other vegetable matter it may be very easily
burned on the garden spot. But suppose it is a grand collection of tin
cans, bottles and such things as cannot be burned? What can we do with
them? Cities have public dumps where lots are to be filled in. All such
trash may go to these. Oftentimes it is possible to find suitable places
in the country for dumping. But do not dump where the rubbish is to be
unsightly for others as it has been for yourself; far better have a dump
heap on your own land and screen this as the compost heap was to be
shielded from view. We take the wrong point of view if we dump rubbish
anywhere, for the sake of getting rid of it. You remember your plan is
to help make a more beautiful village.

"How must the small garden be spaded? A method called trenching, is good
because it is so thorough. Here is a diagram George has made. Just get
your heads around this, and I'll explain it.

[Illustration: From this plan see the scheme of trenching. Top soil from
AA' is carted to EE'. Then the top soil from BB' goes into AA'. Continue
this method and see that the soil on EE' finally goes into trench DD'.
So all the top soil in this given area is worked over and is still kept
on top.]

"This rectangle is supposed to be the plot which needs digging. Line it
off into strips one foot wide. Have your wheelbarrow right beside AA'.
Dig one foot of top soil out of strip A' along all its length. Put this
into the barrow and dump it into the strip marked EE' outside of the
garden proper. Do the same thing to strip BB', only throw the soil into
trench AA'. The top soil from CC' goes into BB'; that of DD' into CC'.
Now the soil that was dumped outside the garden upon the strip EE' of
course is already to go right into trench DD'.

"The value of this work is to get the soil of the bed entirely worked
over. Most people dig but poorly. Digging is hard work; so a boy digs a
little here, and a little there, throughout the seed bed and thinks the
work is all done. It is really done when the above method is used. And
after all we have said about the necessity for airing soil, and the need
of stirring things up so that the good bacteria may do their work, I
know you will all see the point immediately.

"Mere spading of the ground is not sufficient. The soil is still left in
lumps. Always as one spades one should break up the big lumps. But even
so the ground is in no shape for planting. Ground must be very fine
indeed to plant in, because seeds can get very close indeed to fine
particles of soil. But the large lumps leave large spaces which no tiny
root hair can penetrate. A seed is left stranded in a perfect waste when
planted in chunks of soil. A baby surrounded with great pieces of
beefsteak would starve. A seed among large lumps of soil is in a
similar situation. The spade never can do this work of pulverizing soil.
But the rake can. That's the value of the rake. It is a great lump
breaker, but will not do for large lumps. If the soil still has large
lumps in it take the hoe.

"Many people handle the hoe awkwardly. Get up, Jay, and show us just how
to hold it! Walk along as you hoe, drawing the hoe toward you. The chief
work of this implement is to rid the soil of weeds and stir up the top
surface. It is used in summer to form that mulch of dust so valuable in
retaining moisture in the soil. I often see boys hoe as if they were
going to chop into atoms everything around. Hoeing should never be such
vigorous exercise as that. Spading is vigorous, hard work, but not
hoeing and raking.

"After lumps are broken use the rake to make the bed fine and smooth.
Now the great piece of work is done. To be sure I have said nothing of
fertilizing. The kind and amount of fertilizer depends on the kind of
soil. Well-rotted manure being the best all-around fertilizer, we will
say that we have spaded that into the seed bed after the trenching
operation is over.

"Now the plan made on paper comes into practical use, and garden stakes,
cord and a means of measuring are the things necessary to have on hand.
Jay and Albert have made their garden stakes one foot in length. They
will serve as a good rule in furrow making. On their hoe handles Jack
and Elizabeth have marked two feet off into inches. This is another
scheme for measuring. George has a pole four feet long which he uses.
This has inches marked on one foot of its length. Katharine has a
seventy-five foot tape measure. And Leston and Helena have made this
tool I have here in my hand. It looks like a wooden toothed rake with
its teeth eight inches apart. This dragged over the surface of a nice,
fine garden bed marks off furrows. It makes the most regular furrows you
ever saw because it cannot help itself. Miriam used a board last summer.
She laid this across her seed bed, kneeling on it, then she drew a
dibber along the board's straight edge, pressing firmly into the soil
with the dibber. This also made a good straight furrow.

"Peter and Philip always use a line and two stout garden stakes. Their
hoes do the rest.

"We usually think of furrows, or drills, as they really should be called
when little soil is removed, as being about a half inch or even less in
width. Sometimes certain seed, beans and peas, for example, are placed
in double rows in a wide drill.

"I think you all understand hill making. Then you remember how we
planted certain seeds broadcast, as grass and poppy seeds. Remember that
seeds thus sown need only a dusting of soil over them.

"But in general, drill sowing for both vegetables and flower seeds is
the most satisfactory method.

"Most boys and girls sow seeds too thickly. The seedlings as they come
up are too crowded for proper amounts of sunlight, air and food. You
have seen lettuce seedlings crowded together growing small and weak.
Why? Lack of light and air, lack of moisture and food are the reasons
for this. Thin out pretty severely. Wait, of course, until the seedlings
are an inch or more high. Then look over the little plants and gently
take out the weakest and smallest specimens. Press the soil firmly about
those which remain. If the first planting has been very thick have two
times of thinning. It is a bit easier on those seedlings remaining if
too many comrades do not go at once.

[Illustration: Jack's Rake Handle as a Measuring Stick]

[Illustration: Albert Sowing Large Seeds Singly

Photographs by Edward Mahoney]

"Of course, some of these seedlings may be transplanted. They should be
about two inches above ground for this purpose. Lettuce, cabbage and
peppers transplant beautifully; so do asters. I would not try to
transplant beets, radish or turnips. The reason is that these plants
have long tap roots. Usually a portion of the root is left in the ground
and the transplanted seedling has an injured root. So you either lose
it, or it does poorly.

"Beets may be allowed to grow thickly for a time. Then when the thinning
is done, the tender beet tops may be used for greens.

"Transplanting is a delicate operation. A trowel or a thin garden
marker, a can of water and dibber are the necessary tools for the
business. A cloudy day is a good thing to have on hand, also. If this is
impossible, place the sun behind a cloud. The little seedling should be
taken up with great care from its old home. A little soil should come
with the roots. This gives the little plant a home feeling in its new
quarters. The thin stick is often better to use than the trowel. If the
soil is watered a bit about the small plant, one is far more likely to
get the soil up with the roots.

"Now make the hole in the ground with the dibber just where you wish. A
motion, like that of a revolving top, is the one to use in working the
dibber. Water the hole. Drop a little soil in the bottom of the hole.
You see the dibber leaves an awkward little peak there at the bottom of
the hole. Water lodges there and stays. The tiny rootlets do not quite
reach into the bottom of the hole, and perhaps dangle in the water and
begin to decay. A little soil dropped in prevents all this. Now a little
plant goes in. Do not place it too low, nor too high in the hole. Have
the roots uncramped. Drop soil in gently and finally firm it all with
both hands.

"The sun must not shine too hotly for the first few days on these little
plants in their new home. They are not yet used to their surroundings
and must be coddled a bit if they are to do well.

"The remaining garden operations are weeding and constant cultivation. A
part of the work in the flower garden is close picking, if constant
bloom is wished.

"I have said nothing about how to plant different seeds because each of
you had tables to cover all of that.

"The object of this talk is to impress upon you the necessity for
careful preparation. Well-prepared soil, carefully handled tools and
plants are ways to success.

"Good tools, good seed, good hard work make for results such as will
satisfy your highest hopes. But it is not the result only that is worth
the struggle; the knowledge and the power are the greater glories."




VII

COMMON WEEDS


What a delight it would be if we could garden without weeds. But that is
well-nigh impossible. For these rascals, the weeds, are such persistent
fellows, so clever in their devices for getting over the surface of the
earth, so able to live where nothing else in the plant world can live,
that it is a discouraging matter to attempt to exterminate them. They
always seem to me like pushing sort of people trying to live among those
who do not want them. Then, too, they crowd the better class of
inhabitants out.

"There are a certain number of plants which we always looked upon as
weeds, such as burdock and wild carrot, for example. But if a beautiful
garden plant should persist in living and spreading itself over our
vegetable garden, then that, too, would become a weed. Over across the
sea in England the poppy grows wild in the fields. It looks very
beautiful to the traveler, because it makes lovely red splashes of
colour through the field. But I doubt very much if it looks really
attractive to the farmer. These things depend largely, do they not, upon
one's point of view?

"Even a question like weeds we have no right to look at from one point
of view only. The good points of weeds do not balance up the bad points;
but it is well to give even weeds their due. Rid the world of weeds and
unless these despoiled spots were cultivated, think of the great waste
places there would be over the earth's surface. The weeds shade the
ground thus preventing too great surface evaporation. Then the weeds are
a signal to farmers and all gardeners to get busy. We people of the
world are lazy, just naturally so, and perhaps if there were no weeds we
might cultivate the soil too little. Years ago certain weeds were much
used in medicine. This is more or less true, to-day. The dandelion with
its bitter secretion was good, it was believed, for the liver, a sort of
spring tonic. The Department of Agriculture has printed a pamphlet on
'Weeds Used in Medicine' (Farmers' Bulletin, No. 188). Jack and Jay each
sent for a copy last spring. You all might start a garden library with
these pamphlets for a basis. They are sent to you free and are
invaluable in your work. Get together all the helps you can on the
subject you are studying. Boys and girls receive free so much in the
present day that it seems a shame not to make use of these things. The
boys have written to the Department of Agriculture and each month it
sends to the club a list of the publications sent out or reprinted
during the previous month. You girls might follow this good example set
you by the boys.

"Well, we have wandered a bit from the subject in hand. Weeds are again
discouraging because they have such facilities for travel. Talk about
flying machines--weeds are centuries ahead of men along these lines.
Look at a milkweed seed; it is a complete flying apparatus. With its
perfect ballast it flies beautifully along over field and river ready to
alight in proper seed style, end down.

"There is a piece of mechanism in the end of each burdock seed that
seems to make travel possible, and dissemination sure. Never was fish
hook more cleverly made than this hook of the bur seed. It catches on to
your clothing and travels until you feel its pull. Then you pick it off
and cast it aside. So it goes. It sticks to the furry and hairy coats of
animals and again is carried along.

"Did you ever observe the seed of wild carrot? It, too, is arranged with
clinging points all around and about its seed. If you should give just a
little attention to the subject of the means of distribution of wild
seeds you would have a greater respect for the ways and means of Nature.

"Here is another discouraging side to the weed question. Weeds produce
so many, many seeds! Look at a single stalk of plantain. This stalk does
not stand for one seed capsule, but all up and down the stalk are the
seeds; again, not one seed here and one there, but each capsule or seed
case holding many seeds. When these become ripe, then the top of the
capsule comes off just like the cover of a box, or the top of a salt
cellar, and the seeds are sent out. It would not be a useless thing to
count sometimes the number of seeds on one plantain stalk, and thus gain
an idea of the tremendous possibilities of increase which the weeds
have.

"A lad I once knew counted the number of seeds in a milkweed pod which
he had, and found very nearly two hundred. I do not remember the exact
number. It was between one hundred and ninety-five and two hundred.
Think of one pod scattering that number of seeds! Think again of the
number of pods on one milkweed plant! It is staggering, is it not? To be
sure we can remember the parable of the sower and have some hope, for
some seed may fall on soil in which they will never come to maturity.

"Weeds, like the wild morning glory, form new plants not from their
seed only, but from their travelling, trailing branches.

"If, then, the chances are so good for renewal of weeds, what is the
plan of campaign which we should follow? Once a German gentleman who
loved and cultivated roses was asked how to get rid of rose bugs. 'Kill
them,' he said. 'Pick them off by hand and kill them by foot is the sure
method!' he continued.

"So, to get rid of weeds, just destroy them. Persistently and constantly
weed them out and cultivate the soil. Clean cultivation is the only sort
for good crops and freedom from weeds.

"Weeds, as flowers, drop in the three classes of annuals, biennials and
perennials. Any annual is easy enough to hold down. Just pull such weeds
up. Some merely cut the weed off at the surface of the ground, but it is
a better way to be rid of the thing entirely. And should you not be
quite sure of the kind of weed, then pulling up is the only really safe
plan. For if the weed happened to be a perennial, leaving the root in
the ground would be the worst possible thing to do.

"The greatest business of all annuals is to form seed. Now I know you
wish to say that this is the business of all plants. It is. But with
annuals there is only one chance to produce seed. That chance is the one
short year of their lives, and this is doubtless the reason why these
chaps work so hard at seed forming, and produce so many seed. Therefore,
the thing evidently to be done is to make it impossible for annuals to
form seed.

"The biennials and perennials must have further treatment than just that
of preventing seed formation. The underground part of such weeds must be
destroyed. For these live in the ground ready to come up again.
Biennials may be killed out by deep hoeing. Get rid of all the young
plants, keep at the older ones with the hoe and prevent seed formation,
too. Biennials are found most abundantly in waste places along woodsides
and where the soil for a long time has been left undisturbed.

"Perennials need about the same treatment as biennials. But even greater
persistency should be exercised in destroying the underground portion.
For these underground plants produce new plants as surely as seeds do.
The bindweed has a creeping root, wild garlic has a bulb, and such forms
are always producing new forms underground while the seed above the
ground is able to do the same thing.

"Ploughing helps destroy perennials, as the roots are exposed to direct
sunlight and so destroyed. Another method of treatment is that of
cutting off the top down to the root and putting salt on the freshly cut
root tap. Then again these roots may be starved out by never allowing
the top or leafy part to form. You will remember that it is the leaf
which makes the food. And if there is no food then there will be none to
store away in the root for new root formation. Some farmers smother
roots. This is done by planting such crops as hemp, clover or cowpeas.
These crops choke out the weeds. They cover the ground very completely,
and so the weeds have less of a chance.

"I give the following table of a few very common weeds in order that you
may know just how to handle them.

"I must speak especially about snapdragon or butter and eggs. It came to
our country as a garden flower. It has spread and spread, partly by its
seeds and partly by its root stalks, which are creeping ones, and now it
is a perennial weed. For since it has become a nuisance it must be
classed as a weed. As it spreads along it tends to force out other
plants.

"This weed, like the wild carrot, is really very lovely. Could such
weeds be properly held down in small garden areas they would be very
ornamental. I saw a little flower garden once, quite beautiful, with two
small clumps, one of wild mustard and one of field daisy, among the
other flowers.

    -----------------------------------------------------------------
    COMMON NAME               CLASS       SEED TIME     COLOUR OF
                                                         FLOWER
    -----------------------------------------------------------------
    Burdock                 Biennial      Aug.-Oct.     Purple

    Bur-marigold or         Annual        July-Nov.     Yellow
      beggar ticks

    Canada thistle          Perennial     "     "         "

    Chickweed               Annual        Mar.-July     White

    Cocklebur                 "           July-Oct.     Green

    Dandelion               Perennial     May-Oct.      Yellow

    English bindweed or       "           Aug.-Oct.     White
      morning glory

    Moth Mullein            Biennial      July-Nov.     Yellow

    Narrow-leaved           Annual        July-Oct.     Blue
      stickseed or
      beggar tick

    Ox-eye daisy or         Perennial     Aug.-Oct.     White
      white daisy

    Pigweed                 Annual        Aug.-Nov.     Green

    Prickly lettuce,          "           July-Nov.     Yellow
      milkweed

    Purslane, pursley         "           June-Dec.       "

    Rib-grass, plantain     Biennial      July-Nov.     White

    Ragweed, Roman wormwood Annual        Aug.-Nov.     Yellow

    Russian thistle           "            "    "       Purplish

    Smartweed               Perennial     Aug.-Sept.    Pink

    Sorrel                  Perennial     June-Nov.     Red

    Wild carrot,            Biennial      July-Nov.     White
      Queen Anne's lace

    Wild garlic, onion      Perennial     July-Oct.       "

    Wild mustard            Annual        June-Oct.     Yellow

    Wild parsnip            Biennial      July-Oct.       "

    Yellow daisy,             "           July-Sept.      "
      ox-eye daisy,
      brown-eyed Susan

    Yellow dock             Perennial     Aug.-Oct.     Green
    -----------------------------------------------------------------

"The seeds of the wild mustard, like those of the plantain and other
weeds, get in with the grain seed and so cause constant trouble. Farmers
feel that such weeds must be thoroughly gotten out of the fields.

"It is not our own native weeds which are so troublesome but the
foreign ones. Most of our worst weeds are foreigners. They have come to
this country as stowaways from across the seas. They have fought for
centuries and can keep the fight up over here.

"I am not going to give you a description of each weed we have. This
table, a copy of which is for each of you, will be, I think, of true
help. The study of weeds is something quite by itself. It is for you to
help prevent the seeding of weeds everywhere. Do not carelessly scatter
seeds. Keep your own garden plots free from these pests by clean and
careful cultivation. Remember, too, the value of cover crops.

"There is another pest to fight. This pest is of the animal kingdom and
not of the plant kingdom. Next Friday our talk is on animal pests, and
how to destroy them."




VIII

GARDEN PESTS


If we could garden without any interference from the pests which attack
plants, then indeed gardening would be a simple matter. But all the time
we must watch out for these little foes--little in size, but tremendous
in the havoc they make.

"As human illness may often be prevented by healthful conditions, so
pests may be kept away by strict garden cleanliness. Heaps of waste are
lodging places for the breeding of insects. I do not think a compost
pile will do the harm, but unkempt, uncared-for spots seem to invite
trouble.

"There are certain helps to keeping pests down. The constant stirring up
of the soil by earthworms is an aid in keeping the soil open to air and
water. Many of our common birds feed upon insects. The sparrows, robins,
chickadees, meadow larks and orioles are all examples of birds who help
in this way. Some insects feed on other and harmful insects. Some kinds
of ladybugs do this good deed. The ichneumon-fly helps too. And toads
are wonders in the number of insects they can consume at one meal. The
toad deserves very kind treatment from all of us.

"Each girl and boy gardener should try to make her or his garden into a
place attractive to birds and toads. A good birdhouse, grain sprinkled
about in early spring, a water-place, are invitations for birds to stay
a while in your garden. If you wish toads, fix things up for them too.
During a hot summer day a toad likes to rest in the shade. By night he
is ready to go forth to eat but not to kill, since toads prefer live
food. How can one "fix up" for toads? Well, one thing to do is to
prepare a retreat, quiet, dark and damp. A few stones of some size
underneath the shade of a shrub with perhaps a carpeting of damp leaves,
would appear very fine to a toad.

"Suppose a certain crop in your garden has had an insect pest. Do not
plant this same crop next year, for it would doubtless have the same
pest. Don't let the soil get full of insect troubles; therefore, keep
the soil open and aired and study it well.

"There are two general classes of insects known by the way they do their
work. One kind gnaws at the plant really taking pieces of it into its
system. This kind of insect has a mouth fitted to do this work.
Grasshoppers and caterpillars are of this sort. The other kind sucks the
juices from a plant. This, in some ways, is the worst sort. Plant lice
belong here, as do mosquitoes, which prey on us. All the scale insects
fasten themselves on plants, and suck out the life of the plants.

"Now can we fight these chaps? The gnawing fellows may be caught with
poison sprayed upon plants, which they take into their bodies with the
plant. The Bordeaux mixture which Peter used is a poison sprayed upon
plants for this purpose. So, too, is Paris green.

"In the other case the only thing is to attack the insect direct. So
certain insecticides, as they are called, are sprayed on the plant to
fall upon the insect. They do a deadly work of attacking, in one way or
another, the body of the insect. The kerosene emulsion made by the girls
for their infested house plants worked this same way. Tobacco water and
tobacco dust sprinkled on act in similar manner.

"Lime, soot, and sand are other means of blocking and choking off
insects.

"Sometimes we are much troubled with underground insects at work. You
have seen a garden covered with ant hills. Here is a remedy, but one of
which you must be careful.

"Carbon bisulphid comes in little tin cans. It is a liquid of a vile
smell, something like onions and rotten eggs mixed. The girls' noses are
going up sky-high now. But it does the work of ant killing. You must be
careful in handling this. It has a horrid explosive habit. Pour about a
teaspoonful down an ant hole. Do not use a good silver spoon from the
dining room. Get an old spoon, or buy a tin one. For you will never use
it again except it be for carbon-bisulphid work. After this liquid has
been poured down the hole, place a bit of a chip over it, for there may
be a slight volcanic action underground. It is well to do this on a
damp, cloudy day when all the ants are at home.

"Remember this stuff is not to be fooled with, as it is poisonous and
also takes fire readily. Never open the can inside by a fire, in too
great a heat, or near a lighted match. Invite your fathers to help in
this. By no means do anything silly. Keep the can closed except when
pouring out a teaspoonful.

"This question is constantly being asked, 'How can I tell what insect is
doing the destructive work?' Well, you can tell partly by the work done,
and partly by seeing the insect itself. This latter thing is not always
so easy to accomplish. I had cutworms one season and never saw one. I
saw only the work done. If stalks of tender plants are cut clean off be
pretty sure the cutworm is abroad. What does he look like? Well, that is
a hard question because his family is a large one. Should you see
sometime a grayish striped caterpillar, you may know it is a cutworm.
But because of its habit of resting in the ground during the day and
working by night, it is difficult to catch sight of one. The cutworm is
around early in the season ready to cut the flower stalks of the
hyacinths. When the peas come on a bit later, he is ready for them. A
very good way to block him off is to put paper collars, or tin ones,
about the plants. These collars should be about an inch away from the
plant.

"Of course, plant lice are more common. Those we see are often green in
colour. But they may be red, yellow or brown. Kerosene emulsion is the
medicine for plant lice. Lice are easy enough to find since they are
always clinging to their host. As sucking insects they have to cling
close to a plant for food, and one is pretty sure to find them. But the
biting insects do their work, and then go hide. That makes them much
more difficult to deal with.

"Rose slugs do great damage to the rose bushes. They eat out the body
of the leaves, so that just the veining is left. They are soft-bodied,
green above and yellow below. Since they are eating insects Paris green
will kill them. But the kerosene emulsion penetrates their soft bodies;
so this also may be used.

"A beetle, the striped beetle, attacks young melons and squash leaves.
It eats the leaf by riddling out holes in it. This beetle, as its name
implies, is striped. The back is black with yellow stripes running
lengthwise. White hellebore powder kills these pests. Ask the druggist
for five cents' worth and you will have a great plenty for any of your
gardens. It, too, is a poison. This poison is also good to use for the
caterpillars that eat many of our garden plants. Make a circle four
inches from the stalk of an infested plant and sprinkle the powder in
this. Evening time is good for this, because the dew moistens the powder
just enough to make it a nuisance to the insect.

"Then there are the slugs, which are garden pests. The slug will devour
almost any garden plant, whether it be a flower or a vegetable. They lay
lots of eggs in old rubbish heaps. Do you see the good of cleaning up
rubbish? The slugs do more harm in the garden than almost any other
single insect pest. You can discover them in the following way. There
is a trick for bringing them to the surface of the ground in the day
time. You see they rest during the day below ground. So just water the
soil in which the slugs are supposed to be. How are you to know where
they are? They are quite likely to hide near the plants they are feeding
on. So water the ground with some nice clean lime water. This will
disturb them, and up they'll poke to see what the matter is.

"Beside these most common of pests already mentioned, pests which attack
many kinds of plants, there are special pests for special plants.
Discouraging, is it not? Beans have pests of their own; so have potatoes
and cabbages, as George well knows. In fact, the vegetable garden has
many inhabitants. In the flower garden lice are very bothersome, the
cutworm and the slug have a good time there, too, and ants often get
very numerous as the season advances. But for real discouraging insect
troubles the vegetable garden takes the prize. If we were going into
fruit to any extent, perhaps the vegetable garden would have to resign
in favour of the fruit garden.

"A common pest in the vegetable garden is the tomato worm. This is a
large yellowish or greenish striped worm. Its work is to eat into the
young fruit.

"A great, light green caterpillar is found on celery. This caterpillar
may be told by the black bands, one on each ring or segment of its body.

"The squash bug may be told by its brown body, which is long and
slender, and by the disagreeable odour from it when killed. The potato
bug is another fellow to look out for. It is a beetle with yellow and
black stripes down its crusty back. The little green cabbage worm is a
perfect nuisance. It is a small caterpillar and smaller than the tomato
worm. These are perhaps the most common of garden pests by name. It
might be well to take up the common vegetables and flowers mentioning
the pests which prey on each one.

"Let us take the vegetables first. None of us have grown asparagus yet;
but it will be well to know about this vegetable. There is a beetle
which may trouble asparagus plants. It is red with markings of black.
The grub of this beetle is dark green. Look out for the asparagus beetle
during April and May, for these are the months when it appears. The eggs
are laid on young shoots of the plant. Such shoots should be cut right
off. After the cutting season is over the plants should be sprayed.
This may be done in August. Very dilute Bordeaux mixture or Paris green
may be used for a spray.

"Next in the alphabet come beans. The most common trouble that beans
have is one called anthracnose. That staggering word means that the
leaves become covered with spots which are round with purple borders.
Again, a spray of Bordeaux mixture should be used. The plants should be
sprayed until the pods form. Look for this trouble in July.

"Beets are prone to leaf spots. As soon as such spots appear, the plants
should be sprayed with the Bordeaux mixture. Every two weeks give the
plants about three sprayings.

"The cabbage worm I have spoken of. This worm works all summer.
Cabbages, if neglected, become literally alive with the little
caterpillars. They eat and eat the foliage, riddling it completely. They
eat into the heads so that the cabbage plant is completely spoiled.
George treated his with pyrethrum powder. This he mixed with five times
its bulk of dust. It was then dusted or shaken over the cabbage plant. A
very good thing to do before trouble begins is to dust the soil and
tender plants with lime. After the plants have begun to head use
hellebore powder.

"Lice appear on cauliflower. The kerosene emulsion which we use on our
indoor plants is all right for this work, too. The lice appear on the
foliage in great white masses. They suck the life and goodness from the
plant. They come all through the summer at any time. Whale oil soap is
another good spray to use. Peter has typewritten receipts for these
sprays which you may have at the close of this talk. Sometimes the root
of the cauliflower is attacked. Little white maggots mine or burrow
through the root. They are quite likely to begin their bad work in June
or July. That rather dangerous carbon bisulphid is the medicine for this
trouble. Make a hole in the soil as you did when treating the ant. Do
not make this too near the plant. I should say six inches away would be
about right. Pour a teaspoonful of the poison into the hole and it will
take care of itself. Cover the hole over as you would in the case of the
ant. When cauliflower plants begin to look sickly pull one up. If it is
full of maggots that is easy to determine. But it may be that you will
find great lumps or knots on the root. Since these knots appear during
the same months as the maggots, you can only be sure of the real cause
by pulling up a plant. If these knots are on the root, then you have a
very serious trouble to contend with. So serious is the club root
condition that the only safe thing to do is to pull up and completely
destroy the diseased plants. Dig the soil up after this. Then lime it.
Put a lot of lime on, not just a dusting over the surface of the soil.
This represents soil that is in trouble, so do not plant cauliflower
here again, or its coarser cousin, the cabbage.

"Sometimes a little red or orange and black bug appears. This is called
the harlequin bug from its fantastic appearance. This bug may come all
summer long at any time. The whale oil soap spray is the one to use.
Celery may be troubled with the light green caterpillar with the black
bands before spoken of. This caterpillar arrives in August. It is not
difficult at all to see, so many may be picked off just by hand. One may
use Paris green as a spray.

"None of you had any trouble with corn being infested. But sometimes a
worm, called the earworm, which is like the tomato worm, will appear
during June and eat the tips of the young ears. A little Paris green
sprinkled on the leaves, at their base will kill them.

"Cucumbers and melons, as I have before said, are prone to be preys of
the cutworms, squash bugs, striped beetles, and lice or aphis. You know
treatment for cutworms and lice. The squash bug may be destroyed by
hand. Sometimes when bits of sticks are placed on the ground the bugs
will crawl under them. Next morning a small harvest of bugs can be
killed. The squash bug lays its eggs on the under surface of the plant's
leaves. These leaves should be removed and burned. The striped beetle is
kept off by the Bordeaux mixture spray. This beetle appears in June. A
spraying during this month often prevents a blight of the leaves in
July. This blight appears first as a spotting on the leaves, after which
the leaves soon wither up.

"Onions, as well as radishes, are affected by maggots which will mine
through the onion bulb as well as the stems of the young, tender plants.
A solution made from carbolic soap and water is excellent with which to
water the soil about the plants.

"Peas have green lice as melons and cucumbers do. The lice appear early
in May and June, and are killed and kept down by the regulation
treatment. Many times during the latter part of summer peas may become
mildewed. You can tell this by a growth of white down on stem and
leaves. Put some soap in the Bordeaux mixture and spray.

"From May to October potato bugs flourish. Paris green is the spray to
use. In the start they may be hand picked. But do not let them get ahead
of your hand. A very serious potato disease is that of scab. Scales
appear on the potatoes themselves. To prevent this, uncut seed potatoes
are soaked in poison. But this is not a work for you to do alone by any
means.

"The squash bug naturally seeks out the squash vine. He should be
treated as we said when we talked of the same bug and melons.

"Tomatoes have numerous troubles. The cutworm, the tomato worm, the horn
worm, potato beetle and various blights may come to tomatoes. The horn
worm is a large green worm named from the horn at one end of its body.
It appears in midsummer. Such large worms usually may be hand picked. If
you should see a tomato plant wilting for no reason at all, pull it up
and burn it; it probably has an infectious trouble which is carried from
one plant to another by insects. It is really an infectious disease.

"These are the most common vegetable garden pests and their remedies.

"As the girls know, the flower garden is not without pests, too. Plant
lice are plenty enough. These may appear at one time or another during
the entire year.

"Some plants become covered with a little red spider. It attacks the
foliage and does great damage. This may be due to lack of moisture with
house plants. I do not mean lack of watering, but a dry condition of the
air of the room. Often just a spray of clear water is sufficient to rid
the plant of the mites.

"Roses have more troubles than any one other flower. The rose bush may
have lice or it may have a little green bug that jumps very quickly and
so gets its name of leaf-hopper. Kerosene emulsion is good to use. Often
slugs will feed upon the surface of the leaves. A dusting of lime over
the leaves keeps these feeders away. There is a brown beetle called the
rose chafer, which eats the flower itself. Hand picking is about the
best weapon to employ against this enemy. A scale sometimes comes on the
stems. This scale looks like a white crust. It is wise to spray such
rose bushes with kerosene emulsion. And better still, if possible, cut
off and burn such scale-encrusted parts.

"Cutworms bother the early bulbs and the violets, too. A great many of
the larger pests may be hand picked. The lice should be sprayed.

"And for the remedies. The following will be the ones you will need the
most:

    KEROSENE EMULSION

    Soap (Ivory)                                       1/4 pound

    Boiling water                                        2 quarts

    Kerosene                                             4 quarts

"The soap should be shaved up and dissolved in the water. To this add
the kerosene (of course not when the soap and water is on the stove) a
little at a time. Beat it with an egg beater to be kept for that
purpose; or shake it vigorously.

"For use against plant lice add to one cup of this emulsion 8 cups of
water. For scale insects dilute with four cups of water.

    BORDEAUX MIXTURE

    I.  Copper sulphate (blue vitriol)                        1 lb.
        Water                                                 1 gal.
        Dissolve the sulphate in the water.

    II. Slaked lime                                           1 lb.
        Water                                                 1 gal.
        Dissolve the lime in the water.

To one bucket (2-1/2 gallons) of fresh water add four pints of the first
solution. To another bucket of fresh water add six pints of the second
solution.

Stir these together. Keep the rest of the solutions I. and II. for later
mixing when it is needed.

WHALE OIL SOAP HOT WATER SOLUTION

Whale oil soap                                     1 pound
Hot  water                                         6 quarts

This is the right dilution for plant lice but for scale insects it is
too weak; for them use about two quarts of water to one pound of soap.

"The best way to apply liquid sprays in small gardens is to use a whisk
broom. Just dip the little broom into the mixture needed and shake the
brush over the plant. Then the hands need never come in contact with the
poison. Careful children can use sprays without any trouble. Josephine
has used kerosene emulsion in this fashion: she pours a little into a
saucer, takes a bit of cheese cloth and dipping it into the emulsion
wipes the lice off an infested part. Usually one application is enough.
This sounds like a much more disagreeable task than it really is. A
plant syringe may be used. But personally I like the hand method. Of
course if there are lots of lice on many plants this would not be
practical at all.

"It stands to reason that sick plants need medicines of some kind.
Sometimes to be sure they need better living conditions. Often the soil
is sour, water-logged, unaired and totally unfit for a self-respecting
plant to live in. The whole thing resolves itself into a study of
conditions, and a desire to help the plant have as comfortable a time as
possible in life."




IX

VEGETABLE CULTURE


"As a rule, boys and girls choose to grow bush beans rather than pole
beans. I cannot make up my mind whether or not this is from sheer
laziness. In a city backyard the tall varieties might perhaps be a
problem since it would be difficult to get poles. But these running
beans can be trained along old fences and with little urging will run up
the stalks of the tallest sunflowers. So that settles the pole question.
There is an ornamental side to the bean question. Suppose you plant
these tall beans at the extreme rear end of each vegetable row. Make
arches with supple tree limbs, binding them over to form the arch. Train
the beans over these. When one stands facing the garden, what a
beautiful terminus these bean arches make.

"Beans like rich, warm, sandy soil. In order to assist the soil be sure
to dig deeply, and work it over thoroughly for bean culture. It never
does to plant beans before the world has warmed up from its spring
chills. There is another advantage in early digging of soil. It brings
to the surface eggs and larvae of insects. The birds eager for food will
even follow the plough to pick from the soil these choice morsels. A
little lime worked in with the soil is helpful in the cultivation of
beans.

"Bush beans are planted in drills about eighteen inches apart, while the
pole-bean rows should be three feet apart. The drills for the bush limas
should be further apart than those for the other dwarf beans--say three
feet. This amount of space gives opportunity for cultivation with the
hoe. If the running beans climb too high just pinch off the growing
extreme end, and this will hold back the upward growth.

"Among bush beans are the dwarf, snap or string beans, the wax beans,
the bush limas, one variety of which is known as brittle beans. Among
the pole beans are the pole limas, wax and scarlet runner. The scarlet
runner is a beauty for decorative effects. The flowers are scarlet and
are fine against an old fence. These are quite lovely in the flower
garden. Where one wishes a vine, this is good to plant for one gets both
a vegetable, bright flowers and a screen from the one plant. When
planting beans put the bean in the soil edgewise with the eye down.

"Beets like rich, sandy loam, also. Fresh manure worked into the soil is
fatal for beets, as it is for many another crop. But we will suppose
that nothing is available but fresh manure. Some gardeners say to work
this into the soil with great care and thoroughness. But even so, there
is danger of a particle of it getting next to a tender beet root. The
following can be done; Dig a trench about a foot deep, spread a thin
layer of manure in this, cover it with soil, and plant above this. By
the time the main root strikes down to the manure layer, there will be
little harm done. Beets should not be transplanted. If the rows are one
foot apart there is ample space for cultivation. Whenever the weather is
really settled, then these seeds may be planted. Young beet tops make
fine greens. Greater care should be taken in handling beets than usually
is shown. When beets are to be boiled, if the tip of the root and the
tops are cut off, the beet bleeds. This means a loss of good material.
Pinching off such parts with the fingers and doing this not too closely
to the beet itself is the proper method of handling. I throw this in for
the benefit of our future cooks, the girls.

"There are big coarse members of the beet and cabbage families called
the mangel wurzel and ruta baga. About here these are raised to feed to
the cattle. They are a great addition to a cow's dinner.

"The cabbage family is a large one. There is the cabbage proper, then
cauliflower, broccoli or a more hardy cauliflower, kale, Brussels
sprouts and kohlrabi, a cabbage-turnip combination. George has worked
out cabbage culture successfully. I refer to him for full particulars.

"Cauliflower is a kind of refined, high-toned cabbage relative. It needs
a little richer soil than cabbage and cannot stand the frost. A frequent
watering with manure water gives it the extra richness and water it
really needs. The outer leaves must be bent over, as in the case of the
young cabbage, in order to get the white head. The dwarf varieties are
rather the best to plant.

"Kale is not quite so particular a cousin. It can stand frost. Rich soil
is necessary, and early spring planting, because of slow maturing. It
may be planted in September for early spring work.

"Brussels sprouts are a very popular member of this family. On account
of their size many people who do not like to serve poor, common old
cabbage will serve these. Brussels sprouts are interesting in their
growth. The plant stalk runs skyward. At the top, umbrella like, is a
close head of leaves, but this is not what we eat. Shaded by the
umbrella and packed all along the stalk are delicious little cabbages or
sprouts. Like the rest of the family a rich soil is needed and plenty of
water during the growing period. The seed should be planted in May, and
the little plants transplanted into rich soil in late July. The rows
should be eighteen inches apart, and the plants one foot apart in the
rows.

"Kohlrabi is a go-between in the families of cabbage and turnip. It is
sometimes called the turnip-root cabbage. Just above the ground the stem
of this plant swells into a turnip-like vegetable. In the true turnip
the swelling is underground, but like the cabbage, kohlrabi forms its
edible part above ground. It is easy to grow. Only it should develop
rapidly, otherwise the swelling gets woody, and so loses its good
quality. Sow out as early as possible; or sow inside in March and
transplant to the open. Plant in drills about two feet apart. Set the
plants about one foot apart, or thin out to this distance. To plant one
hundred feet of drill buy half an ounce of seed. Seed goes a long way,
you see. Kohlrabi is served and prepared like turnip. It is a very
satisfactory early crop.

"Before leaving the cabbage family I should like to say that the
cabbage called Savoy is an excellent variety to try. It should always
have an early planting under cover, say in February, and then be
transplanted into open beds in March or April. If the land is poor where
you are to grow cabbage, then by all means choose Savoy.

"Carrots are of two general kinds: those with long roots, and those with
short roots. If long-rooted varieties are chosen, then the soil must be
worked down to a depth of eighteen inches, surely. The shorter ones will
do well in eight inches of well-worked sandy soil. Do not put carrot
seed into freshly manured land. Another point in carrot culture is one
concerning the thinning process. As the little seedlings come up you
will doubtless find that they are much, much too close together. Wait a
bit, thin a little at a time, so that young, tiny carrots may be used on
the home table. These are the points to jot down about the culture of
carrots. I am saying very little about depths and distances because
these were all worked out by the boys last winter and tables may be had
for the asking.

"Peter covered the ground of celery raising. One or two points only I
will speak of. A very rich, workable soil is a celery soil. In the
process of getting such a bed ready it ought to have a thorough wetting
down a day before planting. Celery seed is small, and, as is the case
with other small seed, it is quite likely to be planted in clumps or
bunches. To avoid this the seed should be mixed with sand and then
sprinkled in drills. These drills should be six inches apart, and very
shallow. Sow the seed, cover, and water. This bed should be screened
from direct sunlight. A careful, gentle, daily watering is necessary.
Thin the little plants to four inches apart. Peter can tell the rest of
the story. The only other thing I need add is this, that in
transplanting the work should be done quickly. One should not take up
celery plants and perhaps leave them a long time before placing in new
quarters. Plant immediately. It takes little to upset a celery plant and
check its growth. So never take up a whole lot of celery plants at one
time. Take up a few, keep them moist, plant them, and then start again.

[Illustration: Elizabeth Sowing Small Seed From the Package. Photograph
by Helen W. Cook.]

"I am not going to say a word about corn. You all remember the boys'
work of last year. Your teacher has planned next Friday afternoon for
the boys to discuss this at school. So we shall not have our meeting,
but I shall come to the school to hear their report. I hope our girls
will take notes on this. For I know that Eloise has decided to raise
corn next year; Helena is going to; and Leston will not be out of the
corn contest this season.

"The cucumber is the next vegetable in the line. This is a plant from
foreign lands. Some think that the cucumber is really a native of India.
It is believed that it was brought here by the Negro, and that a species
of cucumber from Africa became finally at home in this country. A light,
sandy and rich soil is needed--I mean rich in the sense of richness in
organic matter. When cucumbers are grown outdoors, as we are likely to
grow them, they are planted in hills. Nowadays, they are grown in
hothouses; they hang from the roof, and are a wonderful sight. In the
greenhouse a hive of bees is kept so that cross-fertilization may go on.

"But if you intend to raise cucumbers follow these directions: Sow the
seed inside, cover with one inch of rich soil. In a little space of six
inches diameter, plant six seeds. Place like a bean seed with the
germinating end in the soil. When all danger of frost is over, each set
of six little plants, soil and all, should be planted in the open.
Later, when danger of insect pests is over, thin out to three plants in
a hill. The hills should be about four feet apart on all sides.

"Egg plant is another vegetable we have not tried. It is another of
those which has been improved by crossing, usually with peppers and
tomatoes. But as we are not Burbanks yet, I shall not talk of that side
of egg plant culture. Some varieties of egg plant grow to a large size
but the smaller fruits, on the whole, have the better flavour. A good,
well-worked, rich garden loam is the soil for this vegetable. The seed
may be planted out in the open in little drills six inches apart. The
seed should be scattered along as lettuce seed is. When the plants are
about six inches high, transplant them to their permanent place. They
should then stand about two feet apart on all sides. More often the
seeds are started inside in March. When the little plants are about two
inches high they should be transplanted into boxes or pots. Screen from
too hot sunshine. About the time of corn planting the plants should go
into the open. A rich soil is now quite necessary. Again I would suggest
as a good method the placing of a little well-rotted manure under each
place where an egg plant is to go. There is a rather interesting
parasite which sometimes fastens itself upon the egg plant. A parasite
is a form which clings to another and takes its nourishment from this
latter or host. The parasite is a lazy shirk. So in this case the
parasite grows on the egg plant and absorbs the food which the egg plant
needs for itself. This is not an uncommon thing in nature. When such a
thing happens first pull up and destroy the poor egg plant, for the
parasite is clinging too closely and persistently to be removed.

"Nearly everyone in our country clings to lettuce as the only plant for
a salad. Over across the sea in old England this is not so. Other plants
are used in this way and called salad plants. Endive is one of these.
Some of the endives are curly-leaved, and when blanched are attractive
to look upon; and surely there is no reason why we should not consider
the side of beauty in vegetables.

"Endive is a very hardy plant. One-half an ounce of the seed will sow
one hundred feet of drill. Sow it as you would lettuce seed in soil
which should be moist and rich. The plants finally should be about eight
inches apart in the drill. The outer leaves should be tied over the top
in order to blanch the inner ones for table use. In the fall the plants
from summer sowings may be taken up with balls of earth on the roots and
placed in the coldframes ready for use through the winter. The
coldframe is a blessing. It is a place of storage all the fall and early
winter. It is a place for early work in the late winter and first part
of spring.

"Lettuce with children has always been a prime favourite for
cultivation. Before the time of Christ, lettuce was grown and served.
There is a wild lettuce from which the cultivated probably came. There
are a number of cultivated vegetables which have wild ancestors,
carrots, turnips and lettuce being the most common among them. Lettuce
may be tucked into the garden almost anywhere. It is surely one of the
most decorative of vegetables. The compact head, the green of the
leaves, the beauty of symmetry--all these are charming characteristics
of lettuces.

"Not all form heads. There is a mistaken idea abroad among children that
by transplanting, any lettuce can be made to head. Only such varieties
as are called heading lettuces will head. And these must be transplanted
in order to have really good heads. There are two general types of
lettuce--the Cos and the cabbage. The cabbage grows more like a cabbage
with great tendency toward heading. The Cos grows longer, narrower, and
has spoon-shaped leaves, which have a big, coarse midrib. The inner
leaves cling more closely together after a heading fashion; the outer
leaves spread apart. We grow in our American gardens more of the cabbage
type than of the Cos. Should we go to see our French cousins next
summer, the Cos lettuce would be served to us with plenty of oil as a
dressing.

"As the summer advances and as the early sowings of lettuce get old they
tend to go to seed. Don't let them. Pull them up. None of us are likely
to go into the seed-producing side of lettuce. What we are interested in
is the raising of tender lettuce all the season. To have such lettuce in
mid and late summer is possible only by frequent plantings of seed. If
seed is planted every ten days or two weeks all summer, you can have
tender lettuce all the season. When lettuce gets old it becomes bitter
and tough.

"Melons are most interesting to experiment with. We suppose that melons
originally came from Asia, and parts of Africa. Watermelons grow wild in
Africa. The Negroes and wild animals feed upon them. Perhaps that is the
reason why the coloured people so love them. Anyway, melons belong to
these countries. Melons are a summer fruit. Over in England we find the
muskmelons often grown under glass in hothouses. The vines are trained
upward rather than allowed to lie prone. As the melons grow large in
the hot, dry atmosphere, just the sort which is right for their growth,
they become too heavy for the vine to hold up. So they are held by
little bags of netting, just like a tennis net in size of mesh. The bags
are supported on nails or pegs. It is a very pretty sight I can assure
you. Over here usually we raise our melons outdoors. They are planted in
hills. Eight seeds are placed two inches apart and an inch deep. The
hills should have a four foot sweep on all sides; the watermelon hills
ought to have an allowance of eight to ten feet. Make the soil for these
hills very rich. As the little plants get sizeable--say about four
inches in height--reduce the number of plants to two in a hill. Always
in such work choose the very sturdiest plants to keep. Cut the others
down close to or a little below the surface of the ground. Pulling up
plants is a shocking way to get rid of them. I say shocking because the
pull is likely to disturb the roots of the two remaining plants. When
the melon plant has reached a length of a foot, pinch off the end of it.
This pinch means this to the plant: just stop growing long, take time
now to grow branches. Sand or lime sprinkled about the hills tends to
keep bugs away.

"Onions are about as popular a vegetable as we have. Some people are
quite scornful of onions because of their truly disagreeable odour. But
I do not know what we should do without the onion for flavourings. Peter
is to plant onions where he last had celery. That is very wise, because
onions do especially well coming after a crop for which the land was
heavily fertilized. Onions like moisture of soil, too. If the soil is
not rich enough, nitrate of soda may be added. The most discouraging
thing about chemical fertilizers is the fact that advertisements say to
have a certain quantity for an acre of land. Few boys and girls are
planting entire acres, to just one thing. Now, suppose you write down
this: Add 1/4 pound of nitrate of soda to 100 square feet of land then
use the proper fractional amount. To buy 1/40 of a pound for example
sounds absurd. Buy your quarter pound and put the approximate amount on.
Sprinkle chemical fertilizer over the surface of the soil and rake it in
just under the surface.

"There are two methods for the planting of onions. One way is to use
seed; the other, sets. Sets mean little onion bulbs. These are placed in
drills about six inches apart and so that the little bulb may be just
beneath the surface of the soil. Do not set too low. These bulbs are
ready before seed onions. Seeds are rather slow in development. If you
make sowings pretty thick the tender tops may be used, and so the
thinning process is done to advantage.

"I believe that all your gardens should have some parsley in them. It
can be planted as a border, since it grows low and has a fringy,
decorative effect. If you were Italian girls and boys you would have
parsley if you had nothing else; for the Italians always use it in their
soups. There is a European variety, not as pretty as the common variety,
which grows taller and ranker. It has a stronger smell. An Italian boy
who was living in America had a garden in which he grew both kinds of
parsley. He was asked which he liked the better. Straightening up, he
pointed to the European saying, 'Smells stronger.'

''I believe none of us have raised parsnips. It takes 1/4 of an ounce of
seed to plant 100 feet of drill. Any deep, rich, moist garden soil will
do. Just as early as the ground is workable, the seed should be sown.
Sow in drills of 1/2 inch depth and 6 inches apart. The plants should
finally stand about eight inches apart. They may be dug before or after
frost. Some people think that the early frosts improve the flavour of
parsnips.

"I suppose there is no vegetable so well liked as peas. Who would wish
a Fourth of July dinner without peas? The early varieties of peas go
into the ground just as early as possible. I like best to dig trenches
six inches deep and about eighteen inches apart. As the peas are dropped
into the trench, cover over with about two inches of soil. As the plants
grow, fill soil into the trench. Of course, peas have to be brushed. So
as soon as the little runners form put brush behind the plant and start
the twiners about the brush stalks. A variety of pea called Gradus is
very excellent in flavour.

"As for potatoes--well, now, just see Peter grin! He has covered that
subject. Of course, I can add nothing to an expert's advice.

"Peppers are worth trying. If you do not care for them in your home
gardens, add them to the school garden. They work in with the courses in
cooking. Just as egg plants are started inside, so ought peppers to be.
Whenever the soil is warm and the weather settled, the pepper plants may
go out. The best soil for them is a rich, sandy one. The little plants
should have about one and a half foot of space on all sides. At first
they look pretty lonesome so far apart but soon they will grow to
large, bushy plants. A little hen manure mixed with soil and put on top
of the ground about the little peppers gives them a good start in their
new quarters. There are many interesting kinds of peppers to grow. If a
pepper with a little sting is wished try such varieties as Bird's Eye,
Red Cluster, and Tobasco. Suppose the peppers are to be used for
stuffing. Then large, rather more mild-flavoured kinds are needed. Ruby
King pepper is a bouncing beauty. The Red Etna, Improved Bull Nose and
Golden King are other good ones.

"The word pumpkin stands for good, old-fashioned pies, for Thanksgiving,
for grandmother's house. It really brings more to mind than the word
squash. I suppose the squash is a bit more useful, when we think of the
fine Hubbard, and the nice little crooked-necked summer squashes; but
after all, I like to have more pumpkins. And as for
Jack-o'-lanterns--why they positively demand pumpkins. In planting
these, the same general directions hold good which were given for
melons. And use these same for squash-planting, too. But do not plant
the two cousins together, for they have a tendency to run together.
Plant the pumpkins in between the hills of corn and let the squashes go
in some other part of the garden.

"We have very nearly worn out the subject of radish. About the only
cultural point I would add is this: Make radish develop quickly. If
growth is slow, the radish is likely to be poor. Sometimes all the
growth goes to top. Fine, green leaves result, but no good radishes.
Then doctor the soil in order that fruit development may be quickened.
Radishes are the quickest in maturing of all vegetables. That is why
your teacher had radish beds for the lower grades in the school. The
children got a result and got it quickly. Josephine might have raised
radishes as well as parsley in the box garden she had. People in cities
could raise these two vegetables on their roofs just as well as not.
They are worth the effort it takes in trying.

"There is one point I wish to speak of in tomato culture. The great
trouble in cultivating comes in the overgrowth of vines. Each plant
becomes a large, overgrown, unwieldy sort of affair unless looked out
for. Use a stake for each vine. Tie the main stalk of the plant to this.
Let the development of fruit come from the top of the plant. So pinch
back the lateral branches and remove these. In this way the tomato
garden is a neat and pretty one. This treatment is similar to that given
grapes.

"There is a tomato called the dwarf champion. This is a dwarf variety
and so gives less trouble than the other kinds. It does not get
troublesome and often does not need staking. If you were little boys and
girls, I should say plant this kind of tomato every time.

"I have little more to say about turnips. They are an old vegetable, for
over two thousand years ago, the Greeks dined on turnips. I usually
plant mine right out in the open. The soil may be a sandy one.




X

FLOWER CULTURE


In planting the flower garden there are a few things always to be
considered. These are matters of colour, of time and of persistency.
"The subject of colour is not so trying, after all, as many gardeners
seem to think. If you people wish to plant a few of a good many
gay-blooming plants, then I guess colour is a problem. The chief thought
in a flower garden should be, how I can make a beautiful picture of this
garden of mine. You see right off how tiring and dazzling the garden of
too many little dots of colour could be. Look about in nature--see the
beautiful range of the butterfly weed, the pinky purple of Joe Pye, the
scarlet of cardinal flowers, the blue of certain asters, the pink of
bouncing Bet, the yellow of tansy and goldenrod. Nature is constantly
presenting perfect splashes of brilliant colour here and there. And yet
it is not inharmonious. Why? One reason is that much of the colour is in
great masses, and what is not has been softened by stretches of soft
green.

"Let us take a hint from this for our small gardens. Plant colours in
masses, and have breaks of green in between. Not a bad idea! I seem to
hear you say.

"Then a garden should have a strong time element about it. By this I
mean that one should plan a garden for a round of bloom. Why have all
the blooms in August? If you look at this bulb time-table I shall have
ready for you, you will find that it is possible to start with bulbs.
Snowdrops and crocuses will gladly usher in a continuous round of bloom
for you. I do not mean that these two will bloom continuously. Not at
all! But I mean they are the starters. There are conditions, where
spring bloom and fall bloom alone is desired. This is the case with all
school gardens where summer care is impossible. Another table called a
garden of continuous bloom will help you plan this.

"Another point to think of is persistency. Why not plant some seed which
will produce plants that come up year after year? Why not have some
hardy perennials and some self-sowing annuals? Poppy and cornflower sow
themselves. These are annuals. Think of the perennials, which come year
after year to welcome us. I think you should have hardy matter in your
gardens. Peonies come up year after year, iris takes care of itself,
helianthus or perennial sunflower bobs up each year.

"George asked me one day, what I meant when I spoke of herbaceous
plants. A herbaceous plant is one with a non-woody stem, as geraniums.
Mock orange is not herbaceous, because it has a woody stem. When I speak
of hardy plants, I mean those which can stand living outdoors through
their existence, from start to finish. A half-hardy plant is one that
requires fostering before being planted outdoors. We consider asters
half-hardy, because they need the extra heat for start which the
nasturtium does not need. You would not think of starting nasturtiums
indoors. But asters and stock really need this sort of a start in life.

"The tall flowers must go toward the back of the garden, for if they
were placed in the foreground they would screen the others. The plants
of medium height make up the main part of the garden; while the low
plants are in the foreground as borders.

"Perhaps it would be wiser to put some tall perennials or self-sowing
annuals in the background, and among the shrubbery. Then save bed spaces
for the annuals. This will cause less disturbance in the garden than
the sowing of annuals in with the perennials.

"I cannot take up all the garden flowers with you, because it is an
impossibility. But a certain number of the more common ones I will talk
of.

"There are certain plants rather easier to grow than others, and very
satisfactory in results. One of these all-around plants is the pansy. It
likes best of all cool, moist places but it will do well, under rather
reverse conditions. Pansies are the easiest of plants to grow from seed,
and they offer a ready response to experiments with cross-fertilization.
The very best time to sow plants is after midsummer. Anyway, the work
must be done before October the first. Let us claim then that the middle
of August is a good time. Make little drills a quarter of an inch deep
for the seed; or better, sprinkle it on a fine seed bed. Over the seed
sift a little soil. Pansy seed is fine and small, so great care must be
taken in the early waterings; better far to cover the bed with old
sacking, and water the sacking. In this way, the seed is not washed
away. The little sturdy plants should be covered over with leaves or
straw for the wintertime. When early spring comes, you will be delighted
with plants which are well along.

"Pansy flowers should always be kept well picked. Do not let the seed
pods form if you desire continuous bloom. It is well to hold this in
mind--that if plants are hurried along too fast, the flowers suffer in
size. Small, inferior flowers result from such treatment. Pansies have a
habit of running out--that is, the flowers grow smaller each year. It is
merely a warning to keep making new sowings in order that one may always
have large, vigorous blooms.

"Choice seed of this flower is very expensive. It is a plant that some
florists have put all their time upon. It has seemed to certain men that
one of the greatest things in the world, is to find out ways of
improving the plants of the earth. So certain fruits are crossed to make
new and better ones; and certain flowers are being constantly worked
over to get superior strains. Sweet peas, pansies, stock, and dahlias
are plants which have been much improved by man's skill.

"Larkspur is one of those plants which children so rarely try. I have
wondered often why. It is not hard to raise, and so I am hoping that
some of you will try it another season. The larkspur is a hardy plant,
and there are both annuals and perennials in this family. Some varieties
are dwarfed, and grow only a foot and a half high, while others grow
five feet in height. This latter growth is very charming in the
background of the garden. The flower spikes are showy and the foliage
pretty. The larkspur likes a pretty rich sort of soil. The seed is very
slow in germinating, and that is reason enough for fall planting. The
stay over winter gives these fussy seeds time to make up their minds to
germinate. This sowing should be done after the middle of October.

"Really charming blue flowers are a bit difficult to find because we
have fewer blue flowers than those of the reds and yellows. Do not get
the impression that larkspurs are only blue in colour. There are yellow,
pink, red, and white varieties. But the blue is very fine. So when you
are thinking of high flowers for backgrounds, keep the larkspur in mind.

"Hollyhock is another good background plant, because of its height and
sentinel-like effect. It sows itself, so will take care of itself.
Perennial phlox is well to put into the garden. Helianthus, I have
mentioned, as suitable for backgrounds. It has a rather bad habit of too
free spreading.

"Peonies are very satisfactory. I am sure you will all want some of
them. They look their best planted in clumps. A certain pink and white
peony is called the rose peony. It is sweet scented, and when in blossom
it scents the portion of the yard where it is placed. These look well
planted in wide borders. The roots, or bulbs, should go about three
inches below ground in nice, rich, garden soil. Do not plant where they
get the full blaze of early sun.

"I'd put some iris in the border, too. It requires no care. You need not
bed it over, even, in the fall. It likes a certain amount of moisture,
but grows readily under almost all conditions. The German iris is an
easy grower; the French fleur-de-lis is lovely with its more delicate
blossom. Certain irises, to be sure, are particular about their
quarters, but the two kinds mentioned are not. They like a certain
amount of open space. Do not hide them in the shrubbery, although they
may be planted near it.

"You might put in some hardy chrysanthemums. These need good rich garden
soil. They should also be placed near the back of the garden for good
effect. You may choose almost any colour in these. Some of the little
button chrysanthemums are good for backgrounds. The yellow ones make
good splashes of colour, while the dull reds are most beautiful. These
bloom after frost. When the frost has made havoc with the foliage, cut
the plant down to about one inch of the ground. It is well to cut the
flowers before frost.

"You have now a few good background plants which are hardy.

"The biennials can be so planted as to behave like perennials. These
plants, you remember, are doing their best blossoming work the second
summer. So by yearly sowings you may always have good effects. I have
mentioned some already for your garden:--Canterbury bell, cornflower and
foxglove are biennials. Cornflower tends to self sow, but needs help in
this work from you. Sweet William is an old favourite. Of course, it is
pretty gaudy. But I like old sweet William in spite of his gay tendency.
They are rather stiff, but so easy to raise, being not very particular
about anything.

"When it comes to annuals there is a multitude of these to plant each
season. There are candytuft and alyssum for borders. Then mignonette is
absolutely necessary to keep the garden sweet. Coreopsis is easy to
raise, and so is godetia. If a great big bold mass of colour is desired,
put in Shirley poppies. These grow well even on sandy soil. It is well
to remember, that these do not lend themselves kindly to transplanting.

"Suppose there is a bit of sandy ground which needs a low-growing plant.
Put in this spot portulaca. The bright little blossoms, constantly
blooming, add a bit of cheer to that old sandy place.

"There are the old stand-bys which are good bloomers--nasturtiums,
zinnias, marigolds and petunias. In the case of zinnia, it is better to
buy these seeds by the ounce. Children's penny packages and the regular
five-cent packages are filled usually with seeds which produce variously
coloured blossoms. One can plan for no good effects in this way. If you
get a seed catalogue, and look through the zinnia list, you can choose
just what you like.

"Certain plants are spoken of as plants for bedding. These plants are
placed in a formal bed after the spring flowers have finished their
blooming. You sometimes see in the park fine beds of tulips and
hyacinths early in the season. After these have finished their blooming,
plants which are all started are put in their bed. If seeds were planted
they would take so long to develop that the bed would look bad for a
long time. So bedding plants are put in. Geraniums are the most popular
of all. Begonias, fuchsias, heliotrope and coleus are often used.
Geraniums will stand almost any kind of soil, and therefore have great
advantages over most plants. Begonias will flourish in the shade; while
the strong point about coleus is that of beauty of foliage.

"To those of you who have started outdoor bulb beds, the bedding list
will be of some service. Marguerites look well in such a bed. Often one
sees a border of ageratum about such a one. There is always a sort of
stiff effect about such borders, however. A canna bed is after the same
order, yet is effective. Salvia, or scarlet sage, looks well in wide
borders, or near the underpinning of the house. Both these may act as
bedding plants.

"There are three other kinds of gardens I should like to bring to your
minds--the rock garden, the herb garden and the wild-flower garden. This
last we shall have to leave for another time, however.

"Whenever a rockery is mentioned to some people they shrug their
shoulders, and murmur something about a mere heap of rocks. Now, a rock
garden may be very pretty, or very ugly. Such a garden should never be
stuck out in the front yard to hit one in the face. But if you have a
place in your yard, which is near the woods or in the vicinity of
trees, or by a rocky ledge--in short, if you have any place with a bit
of wildness surrounding it, use this for a rockery. If your yard is just
a plain, tame, civilized yard, you'd better leave the rock garden out. I
know of a lady living in a city, whose backyard is a rocky ledge. That
ledge itself told her what her garden ought to be. It just cried out to
her, 'Build a rock garden on me.' And she did it. Any other kind of a
garden would have been out of place and taste there. Wherever a rocky
ledge is found, there is a possibility for a rock garden.

"To have a good garden of this sort, one must have earth as well as
rocks. Earth must be put into all the crevices of rock, so that there is
some depth to it, and at such an angle that it won't be washed out by
hard rains. A rock garden should have an earth foundation. I mean that
there must be much of earth about it. I saw a charming one, which had
only climbing nasturtiums planted over it. It was a great rock jutting
out, and extending back into the yard--a big, flat, irregular
affair--and all over it were these running vines. It was very simple and
very effective. Go to the woods and seek out ferns which are growing in
rocky places. Take what little earth they have about them, and try to
give them a similar position in your own rockery. Bring back some leaf
mould from the woods, and mix the garden soil for the rockery.
Candytuft, dwarf phlox, stonecrop, morning glory, saxifrage, bleeding
heart, rock cress, myrtle, thrift, columbine, bell flower, and moss
pink. Get some moss, too, for chinks between rocks.

"If we could go back to old colonial days, and visit a dame's garden, I
am sure we should find a little herb garden there. Our mothers might
call these herbs pot herbs. Here all the flavourings for the soups were
raised. Here sweet lavender might be found, its flowers used to make
fragrant the bed linen. Horehound, anise and others were used in
medicines; while little caraway seeds made delicious the cakes and
cookies. I can see bunches of dried sage hung in the attic.

"Even with us there might be good use made of this garden both at home
and at school. We do, of course, grow parsley, which is an herb, but the
others seem to have dropped out of our gardens. We might at least grow
next summer the sage and savoury for the turkey stuffing.

"Herbs need a sandy, well-worked soil. Seed should be sown in drills
about twelve inches apart. The seed should be sown in early spring, as
soon as the ground is warm. Sprinkle the seed just below the surface,
and cover lightly with soil.

"A list of common herbs includes the following: Anise, balm, basil,
borage, caraway, catnip, coriander, dill, fennel, horehound, hop,
hyssop, lavender, pot marigold, sweet and pot marjoram, parsley,
pennyroyal, rosemary, rue, sage, savoury, tansy, sorrel, thyme, and
wormwood. It would be of little use to plant all of these, even to see
what the plants were like. I would suggest your trying lavender, sage,
savoury, and dill.

"Lavender seed is very slow to germinate, so sow the seed plentifully in
early spring. The soil should have a dusting of lime over it as lavender
plants enjoy lime. The flower is the part you wish. Pick these flower
stalks before the flowers get old. Dry, and then sprinkle the dried
flowers in the linen chest. Lavender is very sweet, and is often spoken
of as sweet lavender. To this day one will hear women singing in the
streets of London, 'Sweet lavender, buy my sweet lavender.'

"Sage likes a good, well-drained soil. It, too, likes lime. The little
seedlings should be thinned out to stand about ten inches apart. When
you see flowers forming cut the sage plant and quickly dry. It makes a
pretty border plant in the garden. Savoury is also a border plant. But
this is a hardy annual, while lavender and sage are perennials. It likes
a light but rich soil. Both the leaves and flowers are used in soup
flavouring. "Dill is also sown in early spring. It is the seed of the
dill plant, and not the leaves and flowers, which is the useful part.
The seeds are used in the making of pickles.

"I shall hope to see something in the herb line, in your gardens next
year--a hardy garden started, and a good bit of taste displayed by all
of you. You girls might raise mint to put in lemonade.

"Next time we shall have our talk on wild flowers. Some of you know and
love many of these wild flowers."

  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       ANNUALS  FOR  SANDY  SOILS
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
      NAME      COLOUR    TIME     HEIGHT           SPECIAL POINTS
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Clarkia      Rose      June    1-1/2 ft.  Good  to  use for a border
                White     Oct.                 plant.
                Purple                       Use single varieties.

   Poppy        White     July    1-1/2 ft.  Do not transplant. Fine for
                Red       Aug.                 mass effects.

   Nasturtium   Yellow    June               Most satisfactory, especially
                to Maroon Oct.    1-5 ft.      for  cut  flowers. Blooms
                                              freely.

   Portulaca    White     June    1/2 ft.    Blooms freely -- grows close
                Red                            to the ground.
                Yellow

   Zinnia       Red       June    1-1/2 ft.  Grows  without  great  care.
                Magenta   Frost               Blooms freely.   Looks best
                                              when massed.
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------


  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       ANNUALS FOR HEAVY SOILS
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
      NAME      COLOUR    TIME     HEIGHT           SPECIAL POINTS
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Godetia      Red       July    1-2 ft.    Easy to grow. An English
                White     Oct.                favourite: blooms freely.

   Sweet Pea    Variety   July    4-6 ft.    Plant early in the spring in
                         Oct.                 a sunny spot. Keep flowers
                                              well clipped for constant
                                              bloom.

   Petunia      Magenta   May     1-2 ft.    Mass or use in borders. Give
                                              plenty of sun. Good for
                                              the outdoor window box.

   Sweet        White    July    1/2 ft.    Sow thickly in the borders.
    Alyssum              Sept.                Blooms freely. Grows in
                                              every soil.

   Pot          Orange    June    1-1/2 ft.  Blooms freely. Looks well
    Marigold    Yellow    Frost               in masses. Stiff effect as a
                                              cut flower.
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------


  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                SEVEN FAVOURITE ANNUALS FOR CUT FLOWERS
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
      NAME      COLOUR    TIME     HEIGHT           SPECIAL POINTS
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Sweet        White     July     1/2 ft.   Use in low bowls for table
    Alyssum     Red       Sept.               decorations.

   China Aster  White     July     1 ft.     Lasts long after cutting.
                Blue     to  Oct.
                Purple

   Baby's       White     June     2-3 ft.   Use in bouquets with other
    Breath      Rose      Oct.                flowers.

   Coreopsis    Yellow    June     1-2 ft.   Place by themselves in tall
                Brown     Nov.                 vases.

   Nasturtium   Scarlet   June     1-5 ft.   Cut freely for constant
                Yellow    Oct.                bloom. Use in great
                                              masses in low vases.

   Pansy        Purple    May     1/2-1 ft.  Cut closely. Place in low
                Blue      June                dishes.
                Yellow
                White

   Pink         White     May      1 ft.     Lasts well after cutting.
                Maroon    Aug.
                Rose
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------


  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     ANNUALS THAT BLOOM AFTER FROST
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
      NAME      COLOUR    TIME     HEIGHT           SPECIAL POINTS
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Sweet Alyssum White    July     1/2 ft.  Withstands   early   frosts.
                          Sept.              Good border plant.

   Candytuft     Red     June to   1/2 ft.  Sow at intervals through
                 White    Sept.              the summer.   Good cut
                                             flower.

   Cornflower    Rose     June     2-3 ft.  Good for cut flowers.
                 Blue                        Blooms freely.
                 White

   Marigold      Yellow   June     1/2 - 2  Better for garden effects
                 Browns   Aug.      ft.      than for cut flowers.

   Annual Phlox  Yellow   May      1/2 - 1  Self sows.  Good all round
                 Reds     Aug.      ft.      plant.
                 White

   Ten-weeks     White    June     1 1/2    A second sowing made in
      stock      Purple   July      ft.      May flowers the same
                 Pink                        season.
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------


  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             FRAGRANT ANNUALS
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
      NAME      COLOUR    TIME     HEIGHT           SPECIAL POINTS
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Mignonette    Green    May      1 ft.    Beautifully fragrant. Do
                          Oct.               not transplant. Good to use
                                             as a break for
                                             clashing colours.

   Sweet Peas    White    July     4-6 ft.  Free bloomer. Try variety
                 Scarlet  Oct.               _Lathyrus odorata._
                 Blue
                 Yellow

   Ten- weeks    Pink     June     1 ft.    Good for cut flowers.
      stock      Purple   July               Fragrant at night.
                 White

   Sweet Sultan  White    June     2 ft.    _Centaurea moschata_ good
                 Yellow   Aug.               for cut flowers.
                 Purple

   Sweet Alyssum White    July     1/2 ft.  _Alyssum maritimun._ Low
                          Sept.               growing, border plant.
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------


  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       ANNUALS THAT RE-SOW THEMSELVES
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
      NAME      COLOUR    TIME     HEIGHT           SPECIAL POINTS
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Morning glory Reds     July   15-30 ft.  Grows rapidly. Makes a
                 Blues    Oct                good screen.
                 Whites

   Poppy         Pink     June   1/2-2 ft.  _Papaver Rhocas_ and P.
                 Scarlet  Sept.              _somniferum_.
                 White

   Phlox         Yellow   May    l/2-1 ft.  _Phlox Drummondii._
                 Reds     Aug.               Need much water.
                 White

   Pot Marigold  Orange   June   1-2 ft.   _Calendula officinalis_
                 Yellow   Oct.                Likes a warm soil.
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------


  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         ANNUALS THAT CLIMB
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
      NAME      COLOUR    TIME     HEIGHT           SPECIAL POINTS
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Balloon Vine  White    Aug.     10 ft.   Grows rapidly. Good screen.

   Japanese Hop  Incon-   July    8-20 ft.  Rapid grower.  Looks well
                 spicuous Oct.               growing along old fences.

   Moon-flower   White    July   15-30 ft.  Night bloomer. Grows
                          Sept.              rapidly.

   Morning Glory Purple   June     20 ft.   Rapid grower. Good
                 White    Aug.               screen.
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------


  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        ANNUALS FOR SHADY PLACES
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
      NAME      COLOUR    TIME     HEIGHT           SPECIAL POINTS
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Godetia      White     July    1-2 ft.   The flowers are showy.
                Red      to Oct.

   Musk         Yellow    June    1/2-1 ft. Need moisture and coolness.
                         to Aug

   Nemophila    Blue      June    1-3 ft.   Moisture, partial shade and
                White    to Oct.             coolness.

   Pansy        White     May     1/2-1 ft. Sow under same conditions
                Yellow   to Oct.             as musk in early spring.
                Purple                       Blooms freely in the fall.
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------


  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         ANNUALS FOR SUNNY PLACES
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
      NAME      COLOUR    TIME     HEIGHT           SPECIAL POINTS
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Balsam       Red     June to  1-2 ft.    Plant in rich sandy loam
                Yellow    Oct.               under direct rays of sun.
                White

   Cornflower   Blue    May to    2 ft.     Full flower. Resows itself
                         Sept.

   Cosmos       White   July to   4 ft.     Overrich soil retards
                Pink      Sept.              bloom.
                Crimson

   Gaillardia   Red     July to   3 ft.     Good cut flower. Blossoms
                Yellow    Oct.               freely.

   Marigold,   Yellow   July to   3 ft.     Blooms profusely; stiff
    African              Frost               flower head.

   Nasturtium  Yellow   June to  1-5 ft.    Both dwarf and tall varieties
               Scarlet   Oct.                are rapid growers
                                             and free bloomers.

   Rose moss   White     June  1/2-3/4 ft.  _Portulaca grandiflora._
               Magenta   Aug.                Plant in position direct
                                             sunshine.

   Verbena     Various  July to   2 ft.    Start inside for early
                         Sept.              bloom.

   Wallflower  Orange    June    1-1/2 ft. Sown in Sept.  blooms in
                         July               May.
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------


  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       ANNUALS FOR ROCKY PLACES
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
      NAME      COLOUR    TIME     HEIGHT           SPECIAL POINTS
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Phlox       Red      June to 1-1-1/2 ft. Variety _Phlox    Drumondii_
               White     Oct.                Duration of
                                             bloom depends on richness
                                             of soil.

   Candytuft   Red       May  1/2-1-1/2 ft. Plant in the fall and cover
               White     Frost               for early spring bloom.

   Clarkia     Purple    June    1-1/2 ft.  Use _Clarkia   elegans._
               Red       Oct.                Thrives in both sun and
               White                         partial shade.

   Nasturtium  Reds      June     1 ft.     _Tropoeolum minor;_ blooms
     (Dwarf)   Yellows   Oct.                very early.
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------


  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          FRAGRANT PERENNIALS
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
      NAME      COLOUR    TIME     HEIGHT           SPECIAL POINTS
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Winter      Lilac      Dec.     1 ft.    Blooms outdoors in winter.
    Heliotrope            Feb.               Flowers small.

   Russian     Violet     March    1/2 ft.  Double flowers. Hardy.
    Violets

   Lily-of-    White      May      3/4 ft.  Plant by middle of March
    the-Valley                               for that season's bloom.
                                             Needs part shade.
                                             Spreads.

   Valerian    Pinkish    June     3 ft.    Finely cut foliage. Easy
                                             to grow.

   Lemon Lily  Yellow     June     2 ft.    Flowers 4 in. long. Tubers
                                             which multiply rapidly.

   Fringed Pink Lilac     July     1 ft.    Blooms until autumn if
                                             prevented from seeding.

   Bee Balm    Scarlet    July     2 ft.    Odour of mint. Good for
                          Aug.               mass effects.

   White Day   White      Aug.     2 ft.    Lilies 4-6 in. long. Fine,
     Lily                 Sept.              broad-leaved foliage.
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------


  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      PERENNIALS FOR CUT FLOWERS
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
      NAME      COLOUR    TIME     HEIGHT           SPECIAL POINTS
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Christmas Rose White    Nov.    1/2 ft.  Blooms outdoors in the
                           Feb.              snow. No fragrance.
                                             Charming in masses.

   California     Violet   March   1/2 ft.  Large flowers but single.
    Violets                                  Fragrant.

   Foxglove       Purple   June    3-4 ft.  Large flowers, long stems.
   Oriental       Blue     June    2-3 ft.   Beautiful colour, long
    Larkspur      White                      stems. Let no flowers
                                             go to seed.

   Japan Iris     Variety  July    3-4 ft.  Short lived when cut.
                    of                       Fine blooms.

   Japan Anemone  Pink     Sept.   3 ft.    Finest September flower.
                  White                      Plant in spring. Plant
                                             for afternoon sun.
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------


  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         TALL  PERENNIALS
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
      NAME      COLOUR    TIME     HEIGHT           SPECIAL POINTS
   ------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Hollyhock    Variety   July      6 ft.   Single varieties are the
                  of                         hardier; double varieties
                                             last longer.

   Plume Poppy  Pinkish   July      6 ft.   Spreads rapidly. Fine for
                                             massing and screening.
                                             Do not plant on the
                                             west as it shuts off sun.

   Golden Glow  Yellow    Aug.      6 ft.   Multiplies rapidly. Fine
                                             bloomer. Liable to pest
                                             lice. Spray with soap
                                             solution.

   Double       Yellow    Aug.      5 ft.   Largest double flower of
    Sunflower                                any perennial. Likely
                                             to run out unless divided

   Late         Yellow    Sept.   10-12 ft. Tallest of perennials;
    Sunflower                                blooms till October.
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------


   ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       LOW  GROWING PERENNIALS
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
      NAME      COLOUR    TIME     HEIGHT           SPECIAL POINTS
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Crested       Blue    April      9 in.   Earliest of iris. Good for
   Dwarf Iris                                edgings. Plant the
                                             middle of March.

   Dwarf Flag    Purple  April      9 in.   Increases rapidly. Large
                                             flowers. Good colouring

   English       Pink    April      6 in.   Good for spring budding
     Daisy       White                       purposes.

   Tufted        Blue     June      6 in.   More but smaller flowers
    Pansies or   Yellow                      than pansies. After
    Violets      White                       July cut back, manure
                                             and they will bloom
                                             again in September.

   Carpathian    Blue     July      8 in.   Bloom for 6 weeks. Easy
     Harebell                                to grow.

   Coral Bells   Red      Aug.     12 in.   Grow in sandy, well-drained
                                             soil. Coral red
                                             flowers.

   Popp-mallow   Crimson  Sept.     9 in.   Blooms nearly 12 weeks.
                                             Colour does not harmonize
                                             with others.
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------


  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     PERENNIALS OF MEDIUM HEIGHT
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
      NAME      COLOUR    TIME     HEIGHT           SPECIAL POINTS
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Bleeding     Pink      May     1-1/2 ft. Long lived and long of
    Heart                                    bloom. Graceful.

   European     Crimson   May       3 ft.   Earliest of peonies. Poor
    Peony       White                        appearance in the fall.

   Sweet        Red       June     12 in.   Self sows. Flowers at their
    William     Pink                         best the second year.
                White

   Chinese      Crimson   June   2-1/2 ft.  Long-lived. Very
    Peony       Pink                         satisfactory. Plant
                White                        in September.

   Foxglove     Purple    June  3-3-1/4 ft. Spire-like cluster
                White                        of flowers.

   Oriental     Blue      June    2-3 ft.   Best blue perennial. Cut
    Larkspur                                 flower spikes as soon as
                                             they fade.

   Oriental    Red        June     3 ft.    Self sows. Flowers 6 in.
    Poppy                                    across.

   Gaillardia  Red        June     1 ft.    Flowers more freely than
               Yellow     Nov.               any other perennial.
                                             Cover plants after
                                             ground freezes.

   Late Phlox     All best Aug.  1-1/2 ft.  Fragrant in the evening.
                   Blue    Sept.             Many colours of bloom.
                   and
                  Yellow

   Hardy          Blue     Sept.   3ft.    Long season of bloom.
   Chrysanthemum  Scarlet  Nov.             Deep rich soil and sunny
                                            exposure for best results.
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------




XI

THE WILD-FLOWER GARDEN


"A wild-flower garden has a most attractive sound. One thinks of long
tramps in the woods, collecting material, and then of the fun in fixing
up a real for sure wild garden.

"If the wild garden is to be a school affair, then I certainly should
plant the different kinds of flowers together. The north corner near the
building is a suitable place. But if the garden is to be at home--your
own private little garden--I am inclined to think it would be better to
plant the wild flowers here and there among the cultivated ones.

"A wild-flower garden is a joy each year, because up it comes without
constant replanting of seed. It is a hardy garden. As Nature often
covers her wood-flowers over with leaves preparatory to winter, so you
might copy her and do the same.

"Many people say they have no luck at all with such a garden. It is not
a question of luck, but a question of understanding, for wild flowers
are like people and each has its personality. What a plant has been
accustomed to in Nature it desires always. In fact, when removed from
its own sort of living conditions, it sickens and dies. That is enough
to tell us that we should copy Nature herself. Suppose you are hunting
wild flowers. As you choose certain flowers from the woods, notice the
soil they are in, the place, conditions, the surroundings, and the
neighbours.

"Suppose you find dog-tooth violets and wind-flowers growing near
together. Then place them so in your own new garden. Suppose you find a
certain violet enjoying an open situation; then it should always have
the same. You see the point, do you not? If you wish wild flowers to
grow in a tame garden make them feel at home. Cheat them into almost
believing that they are still in their native haunts.

"Wild flowers ought to be transplanted after blossoming time is over.
Take a trowel and a basket into the woods with you. As you take up a
few, a columbine, or a hepatica, be sure to take with the roots some of
the plant's own soil, which must be packed about it when replanted.

"The bed into which these plants are to go should be prepared carefully
before this trip of yours. Surely you do not wish to bring those plants
back to wait over a day or night before planting. They should go into
new quarters at once. The bed needs soil from the woods, deep and rich
and full of leaf mold. The under drainage system should be excellent.
Then plants are not to go into water-logged ground. Some people think
that all wood plants should have a soil saturated with water. But the
woods themselves are not water-logged. It may be that you will need to
dig your garden up very deeply and put some stone in the bottom. Over
this the top soil should go. And on top, where the top soil once was,
put a new layer of the rich soil you brought from the woods.

"Before planting water the soil well. Then as you make places for the
plants put into each hole some of the soil which belongs to the plant
which is to be put there.

"I think it would be a rather nice plan to have a wild-flower garden
giving a succession of bloom from early spring to late fall; so let us
start off with March, the hepatica, spring beauty and saxifrage. Then
comes April bearing in its arms the beautiful columbine, the tiny bluets
and wild geranium. For May there are the dog-tooth violet and the wood
anemone, false Solomon's seal, Jack-in-the-pulpit, wake robin, bloodroot
and violets. June will give the bellflower, mullein, bee balm and
foxglove. I would choose the gay butterfly weed for July. Let turtle
head, aster, Joe Pye weed, and Queen Anne's lace make the rest of the
season brilliant until frost.

"Let us have a bit about the likes and dislikes of these plants. After
you are once started you'll keep on adding to this wild-flower list.

"There is no one who doesn't love the hepatica. Before the spring has
really decided to come, this little flower pokes its head up and puts
all else to shame. Tucked under a covering of dry leaves the blossoms
wait for a ray of warm sunshine to bring them out. The last year's
leaves stay on through the winter brooding over the little fresh
sprouts. These embryo flowers are further protected by a fuzzy covering.
This reminds one of a similar protective covering which new fern leaves
have. In the spring a hepatica plant wastes no time on getting a new
suit of leaves. It makes its old ones do until the blossom has had its
day. Then the new leaves, started to be sure before this, have a chance.
These delayed, are ready to help out next season. You will find
hepaticas growing in clusters, sort of family groups. They are likely to
be found in rather open places in the woods. The soil is found to be
rich and loose. So these should go only in partly shaded places and
under good soil conditions. If planted with other woods specimens give
them the benefit of a rather exposed position, that they may catch the
early spring sunshine. I should cover hepaticas over with a light litter
of leaves in the fall. During the last days of February, unless the
weather is extreme take this leaf covering away. You'll find the
hepatica blossoms all ready to poke up their heads.

"The spring beauty hardly allows the hepatica to get ahead of her. With
a white flower which has dainty tracings of pink, a thin, wiry stem, and
narrow, grass-like leaves, this spring flower cannot be mistaken. You
will find spring beauties growing in great patches in rather open
places. Plant a number of the roots and allow the sun good opportunity
to get at them. For this plant loves the sun.

"The other March flower mentioned is the saxifrage. This belongs in
quite a different sort of environment. It is a plant which grows in dry
and rocky places. Often one will find it in chinks of rock. There is an
old tale to the effect that the saxifrage roots twine about rocks and
work their way into them so that the rock itself splits. Anyway, it is a
rock garden plant. I have found it in dry, sandy places right on the
borders of a big rock. It has white flower clusters borne on hairy
stems.

"The columbine is another plant that is quite likely to be found in
rocky places. Standing below a ledge and looking up, one sees nestled
here and there in rocky crevices one plant or more of columbine. The
nodding red heads bob on wiry, slender stems. The roots do not strike
deeply into the soil; in fact, often the soil hardly covers them. Now,
just because the columbine has little soil, it does not signify that it
is indifferent to the soil conditions. For it always has lived, and
always should live, under good drainage conditions. I wonder if it has
struck you, how really hygienic plants are? Plenty of fresh air, proper
drainage, and good food are fundamentals with plants.

"It is evident from study of these plants how easy it is to find out
what plants like. After studying their feelings, then do not make the
mistake of huddling them all together under poor drainage conditions.

"I always have a feeling of personal affection for the bluets. When they
come I always feel that now things are beginning to settle down
outdoors. They start with rich, lovely, little delicate blue blossoms.
As June gets hotter and hotter their colour fades a bit, until at times
they look quite worn and white. Some people call them Quaker ladies,
others innocence. Under any name they are charming. They grow in
colonies, sometimes in sunny fields, sometimes by the road-side. From
this we learn that they are more particular about the open sunlight than
about the soil.

"If you desire a flower to pick and use for bouquets, then the wild
geranium is not your flower. It droops very quickly after picking and
almost immediately drops its petals. But the purplish flowers are showy,
and the leaves, while rather coarse, are deeply cut. This latter effect
gives a certain boldness to the plant that is rather attractive. The
plant is found in rather moist, partly shaded portions of the woods. I
like this plant in the garden. It adds good colour and permanent colour
as long as blooming time lasts, since there is no object in picking it.

"I suppose little children would not have a perfect spring without the
dog's tooth violet. The leaves are attractive and almost make the beauty
of a bouquet. It is sometimes called trout lily. The mottled effect of
the leaves accounts for the trout part of the name, and as for lily, it
_is_ a lily, and never belonged to the violet family at all. Dig the
plant up, and the bulbous root tells the story. It really does belong to
the lily family. The nodding yellow flower is pretty, too. These, when
picked, last a long time in water. They like to grow in the
neighbourhood of the brook. A moist, half-shaded half-open piece of land
is their delight, and therefore in many gardens the trout lily might
have to be left out.

"There is a sweet little flower called the wood anemone, or wind-flower.
It is another modest little flower, white in colour. The constant
nodding of the petals stirred by even a breath of wind gives it the name
of wind-flower. These also grow in colonies. Have you noticed how
social, but clannish, our wild flowers are? Especially is this true of
the real woods flowers, rather than of the wayside flowers. The anemone
grows in open places by the woods or the hillside. They are a sort of
border plant evidently trying to leave the woods, but still bound to it.

"If in your yard there happens to be a big old fatherly tree or a
decaying stump, plant wind-flowers all about it. You may make the
flowers feel that they are on the edge of the woods.

"While I have numbered bloodroot among May flowers, it often does appear
in April, and before the wood anemone. The silvery, white blossom pushes
its head above the leaves in a fine fashion. They are sensitive flowers,
closing partly in cloudy weather, and actually dropping to pieces in a
rainstorm or under severe winds. The leaves are large, rather coarse,
but pretty with their light under surfaces. The stems have tinges of red
on them, a dark red sap in the roots. These roots bleed when disturbed.
The Indians used to stain their faces with this orange sap-blood. You
will find bloodroot growing in rich soil either in open woods or on
rocky slopes.

"In a nice, rich, moist place put a few Jack-in-the pulpits. This flower
is much like a child's jack-in-the-box. It is so different from most of
our plants that it has the effect of the joker in a pack of cards. Push
back the flap over Jack's face and you will see a club like a
policeman's billy. Along this club the inconspicuous flowers are borne.
Later, in the fall, the fruit forms, and inside, instead of rather
uninteresting flowers, are bright red berries. So Jack jokes again.

"There is always a great feeling of joy when the first trilliums, or
wake robins, appear. Walking in the deep, moist woods suddenly one sees
a mass of big leaves and white flowers. The same irresistably lovely
trilliums have come again. Three big leaves, then a flower stalk
shooting up from the centre of this whorl of leaves, and on top the
crowning glory--the three-petaled trillium flower. A fragrant white or
pink form is called the nodding wake robin. These in a glance tell their
wishes. The plant sometimes is nearly two feet high. So a clump of these
could easily go toward the back of the wild-flower garden in shade and
moist soil.

"Another wild flower of striking beauty is the May apple or mandrake. It
comes very early in May, often in April. This plant grows to about the
same height as the trillium. Only the big spreading leaves of the
mandrake are visible at first sight. Beneath these, and daintily hung in
the junction of the leaf stalks, is the lovely, waxy, white blossom.
Late after the fading of the blossom the fruit appears. So its name of
May apple comes from this fruit, which has a sickly sweet taste. The
leaf and stalk part of the May apple are of a poisonous nature. This
flower, too, likes rather low, moist, shaded places.

"The false Solomon's seal is found in woods where moisture is. During
June and July this plant is in blossom. After the white flowers the
fruit, or berry, appears. The berry changes from green, to white, to
red. There is a two-leaved Solomon's seal called the false
lily-of-the-valley which is found at this same time. It has usually two
little lily-like leaves and a blossom stalk running up from these. Tiny
fragrant flowers are borne on this stalk. These plants grow in moist
woods, also. One might plant these two near together in the garden, for
the soil conditions are the same for both.

"Who would wish a wild-flower garden without violets? The little sweet
wood ones, the big horse shoes, the rare white, and more rare
yellow--any and all are worth our while! Violets, at least the most of
them, prefer not to be huddled away. I wonder why, when people think of
transplanting violets, a dull, dark, moist spot immediately comes to
mind? Violets like the sun, like good soil, and plenty of air. Some
violets are found in the swamps, but did you happen to notice what long
stems they have? Why? The reason is to raise the lovely flowers into the
light. Nothing could be sweeter or more satisfactory than a violet bed.
I rather like violets bedded by themselves. They fill in corners
beautifully. They grow gladly about trees. They adorn borders. You may
cover them, in the fall or not as you like. They are not fussy. Take a
north corner at school, a corner not wholly shaded by any means--fill
that in solid with violet plants in the fall. That corner always will be
a thing of real beauty.

"The bellflower coming in May blooms on until September. The flower is
blue, purple or violet. It is a flower found in dry places, on grassy
slopes, along hillsides, and is common to most localities.

"I have a sneaking fondness for mullein. One or two stalks of it give a
charming effect in the garden. Its yellow flowers, its tall flower
stalk, the thick, hairy leaves--all these are its charms. It is said
that these same hairy leaves were used as wicks by the ancients. Anyway,
the flowers themselves on the tall stalks that often reach to seven
feet, look like gleaming lights on a torch. The mullein has a simple
dignity. It grows in the dry fields and along roadsides. So you see it
is by no means particular about its habitat, its place of abode.

"Another tall plant is the foxglove. The flowers are gathered together
in a sort of spike at the end of the stalk, are large and yellow and
really lovely. The plant grows to about four feet in height. It has a
bad habit, this downy false foxglove, of absorbing some of its
nourishment from the roots of plants near which it stands. This plant,
too, is fond of dry places.

"A very gay flower, intensely red, is the bee balm. It is an herb, and a
perennial. It is often called Oswego tea, because the Indians are
supposed to have used it for tea. Then, again, you will hear it called
Indian's plume. This name seems most suitable. I can just imagine a
chief strutting around with this gay plume on his head. It likes a
somewhat secluded, moist, shady, cool place. I think it would be
possible for some of you to make it grow at home. For colour it would be
invaluable. The cardinal flower is the only flower more gaudy in red
than this bee balm.

"When one comes to orange colour the butterfly weed takes the prize.
This flower has a variety of names: it is called pleurisy root, and wind
root, and orange root. Would you think that this gay little beggar was a
member of the milkweed family? It is. When seed time comes it produces a
seed pod like unto the milkweed pod only more slender than this. All
summer long the insects hover about it. It is just like a signal to
them. "Come over here to me!" it calls to them all. It is found in dry
places, in the fields and pastures, along the dusty road sides, and by
the sooty railroad track it flashes its signal. You can make this plant
feel at home surely. And think of the butterflies that will visit your
garden all summer long.

"Then later comes old Joe Pye weed. Joe Pye was an Indian doctor but
that doesn't seem to have anything to do with his weed. Yes, it has its
connection. For when old Joe Pye went out on a case of typhoid fever he
carried this plant along; hence, its name. The plant sometimes grows to
ten feet in height. Really the swamp is its home. So if you are to use
it at all remember that it must have this condition of great moisture,
even to swampiness. The flower clusters are of a charming colour, a
beautiful dull pink.

"Another inhabitant of wet places is the turtle head. The flower
resembles in shape a turtle's or a snake's head, and so receives both
names.

"When it comes to Queen Anne's lace, you say that is a troublesome weed.
Yes, it is. But it is truly beautiful with its lacy flower head. A great
bouquet of these on the porch, the dining table, or the school piano is
a real picture. A clump of these in the garden, if held in check, is
simply stunning. How can they be held down? The only way is to let no
flower heads go to seed. The little, clinging, persistent, numerous
seeds are seeds of trouble. This lovely bother grows in any sort of
soil.

"There are numbers and numbers of wild flowers I might have suggested.
These I have mentioned were not given for the purpose of a flower guide,
but with just one end in view--your understanding of how to study soil
conditions for the work of starting a wild-flower garden.

"If you fear results, take but one or two flowers and study just what
you select. Having mastered, or better, become acquainted with a few,
add more another year to your garden. I think you will love your wild
garden best of all before you are through with it. It is a real study,
you see."




XII

LANDSCAPE GARDENING


The subject to-night is a very pretentious one, for no one would expect
boys and girls to be landscape gardeners. But many boys and girls have
excellent taste and taste is the foundation stone of landscape
gardening. This work has often been likened to the painting of a
picture. Your art-work teacher has doubtless told you that a good
picture should have a point of chief interest, and the rest of the
points simply go to make more beautiful the central idea, or to form a
fine setting for it. Look at that picture over Miriam's head. See that
lone pine, the beautiful curve of the hillside, the scrub undergrowth
about the tree, the bit of sky beyond! As soon as one looks at that
picture one's eye rests on the pine, and the other features seem to
appear afterward.

"So in landscape gardening there must be in the gardener's mind a
picture of what he desires the whole to be when he completes his work.
Take, for example, your school grounds. You did a bit of landscape work
there, although we never called it that before. The little schoolhouse
itself was our centre of interest. How could we fix up the grounds so
that the little building should have a really attractive setting? That,
I believe, was the thought in each of your heads, although no one of you
ever put this into words.

"Notice now with me the good points about that work, and from this study
we shall be able to work out a little theory of landscape gardening.

"First there is a good extent of lawn about the building, the path to
the door is slightly curved and pleasingly so, a fine little maple
stands out rather interestingly on the side lawn, the flower garden has
a good mass effect, the screen of poplar trees at the back acts as a
stately rear guard, and the vines over the outbuilding hide what was
once a blemish.

"Let us go back to the lawn. A good extent of open lawn space is always
beautiful. It is restful. It adds a feeling of space to even small
grounds. So we might generalize and say that it is well to keep open
lawn spaces. If one covers his lawn space with many trees, with little
flower beds here and there, the general effect is choppy and fussy. It
is a bit like an over-dressed person. One's grounds lose all
individuality thus treated. A single tree or a small group is not a bad
arrangement on the lawn. Do not centre the tree or trees. Let them drop
a bit into the background. Make a pleasing side feature of them. In
choosing trees one must keep in mind a number of things. You should not
choose an overpowering tree; the tree should be one of good shape, with
something interesting about its bark, leaves, flowers or fruit. While
the poplar is a rapid grower, it sheds its leaves early and so is left
standing, bare and ugly, before the fall is old. Mind you, there are
places where a row or double row of Lombardy poplars is very effective.
But I think you'll agree with me that one lone poplar is not. The
catalpa is quite lovely by itself. Its leaves are broad, its flowers
attractive, the seed pods which cling to the tree until away into the
winter, add a bit of picturesqueness. The bright berries of the ash, the
brilliant foliage of the sugar maple, the blossoms of the tulip tree,
the bark of the white birch, and the leaves of the copper beech--all
these are beauty points to consider.

"Place makes a difference in the selection of a tree. Suppose the lower
portion of the grounds is a bit low and moist, then the spot is ideal
for a willow. Don't group trees together which look awkward. I never
should have Peter and Myron march together in school. Why? Because they
look wretchedly together. Myron makes Peter look short and Peter causes
Myron to look overgrown. So it is with trees. A long-looking poplar does
not go with a nice rather rounded little tulip tree. A juniper, so neat
and prim, would look silly beside a spreading chestnut. One must keep
proportion and suitability in mind.

"I'd never advise the planting of a group of evergreens close to a
house, and in the front yard. The effect is very gloomy indeed. Houses
thus surrounded are overcapped by such trees and are not only gloomy to
live in, but truly unhealthful. The chief requisite inside a house is
sunlight and plenty of it.

"There are no shrubs on the school grounds. You had spoken of doing that
but bulbs took up the attention of the girls this fall. And as for you
boys--you were attending to your own crops. Shrubbery is very pleasing
if properly placed. It is just the thing to fill in corners near
buildings, to help define the turns in walks, and to use as hedges.
Usually one shrub standing by itself is not nearly so pleasing as one
tree by itself. It has a squatty and isolated appearance. There is a
corner close by the school building where shrubs should go. Why?
Because the place looks bare and staring, and the building is very ugly
at that point; the shrubs would fill in the space, and make the building
look much better.

"As trees are chosen because of certain good points, so shrubs should
be. In a clump I should wish some which bloomed early, some which
bloomed late, some for the beauty of their fall foliage, some for the
colour of their bark and others for the fruit. Some spireas and the
forsythia bloom early. The red bark of the dogwood makes a bit of colour
all winter, and the red berries of the barberry cling to the shrub well
into the winter. This list of shrubs which Philip has made out will be a
help to you in this work.

                 PHILIP'S SHRUB TABLE
---------------------------------------------------------------------
COMMON NAME   BOTANICAL NAME    HEIGHT    COLOUR   SPECIAL POINTS
---------------------------------------------------------------------
_March_
Spice Bush   _Benzoin_          6-15 ft.   Yellow  Flowers appear
             _odoriferum_                          before leaves.
                                                   Crimson fruit
                                                   in fall. Aromatic
                                                   odour.
Daphne       _Daphne
              Mezereum_           4 ft.    Purple  The only hardy deciduous
                                                   daphne. Plant in
                                                   light soil and in
                                                   shade.
_April_
Barberry     _Berberis-         2-4 ft.   Yellow   Prefers dry soil. Berries
             _Thunbergii_                          all winter.

Golden Bell  _Forsythia_        5-8 ft.   Yellow   Flowers appear before
             _suspensa_                            leaves. Hardy; free
                                                    from insects.

_May_
Red-osier    _Cornus_           4-8 ft.   White    Red branched. Plant
 Dogwood     _stolonifera_                         in moist soil.

Japanese Snow  _Deutzia_        1-3 ft.   White    Very beautiful when
   Flower     _gracilis_                           flowering. Needs well
                                                   drained soil.

Japanese    _Viburnum_            8 ft.   White    Not as likely to have
 Snowball   _plicatum_                             lice as common
                                                   snowball. Larger
                                                   balls.

Lilac       _Syringa_            15 ft.   Purple   Very fragrant. Will
            _vulgaris_                             grow anywhere even in
                                                   some shade.

_June_
Deutzia     _Deutzia_           1-3 ft.    White    Hardy; flowers showy.
            _Lemoinei_

Weigela     _Diervilla_           6 ft.    Pink     May have white or red
            _Florida_                      White    flowers. Flowers under
                                           Red      trees. Lives where
                                                    other shrubs die.

Spirea      _Spiræa_              4 ft.   White     Most showy of spireas.
           _Van Houttei_                            Grows anywhere.

Mock Orange _Philadelphus_       10 ft.  Varieties  Fragrant;
            _Coronarius_               of different  makes good screen.
                                         colours.

Smoke Bush   _Rhus cotinus_     4-10 ft.  Purplish  Hardy. Beautiful all
                                                    summer. Purple colour
                                                    changes to smoke
                                                    colour.
_July_
Spirea       _Spirea_              3 ft.    White   Flowers run from white
            _Bumalda_,                              to deep pink. Late
            var._Anthony_                           flowering. Hardy.
             _Waterer_

Sweet Pepper _Clethra_          3-10 ft.    White    Moist soil or sandy.
 Bush        _alnifolia_                             Late blooming;
                                                     fragrant flowers.

_August_
Althea, Rose  _Hibiscus_          12 ft.   White to  Very hardy. Plant in
 of Sharon    _Syriacus_                    purple   any good garden soil.

_September_
Hardy         _Hydrangea_          8 ft.    White to  A showy shrub. Flowers
 Hydrangea    _paniculata_                    pink    remain on all winter.

_October_
Witch Hazel   _Hamamelis_        6-20 ft.    Yellow   Grows anywhere. Likes
              _Virginiana_                            moisture. Fruit
                                                      "explodes."

"Certain shrubs are good to use for hedge purposes. A hedge is rather
prettier usually than a fence. The Californian privet is excellent for
this purpose. Osage orange, Japan barberry, buckthorn, Japan quince, and
Van Houtte's spirea are other shrubs which make good hedges.

"You have to remember that not only should grounds look well to the
passerby but they should look equally well from the inside of the
building. As your mother is working in the kitchen during the hot summer
or sewing during a long dull winter afternoon, would it not be a joy to
her to look out at a syringa sweet with blossom or a barberry with
nodding red berries? Landscape gardening is not only for the purpose of
adding beauty to the earth's surface, but also for the putting joy into
the heart of a person as well.

"I forgot to say that in tree and shrub selection it is usually better
to choose those of the locality one lives in. Unusual and foreign plants
do less well, and often harmonize but poorly with their new setting.

"I spoke of the path to the schoolhouse with its slight curve. Landscape
gardening may follow along very formal lines or along informal lines.
The first would have straight paths, straight rows in stiff beds,
everything, as the name tells, perfectly formal. The other method is,
of course, the exact opposite. There are danger points in each.

"The formal arrangement is likely to look too stiff; the informal, too
fussy, too wiggly. As far as paths go, keep this in mind, that a path
should always lead somewhere. That is its business--to direct one to a
definite place. Now, straight, even paths are not unpleasing if the
effect is to be that of a formal garden. The danger in the curved path
is an abrupt curve, a whirligig effect. It is far better for you to
stick to straight paths unless you can make a really beautiful curve. No
one can tell you how to do this.

"Garden paths may be of gravel, of dirt, or of grass. One sees grass
paths in some very lovely gardens. I doubt, however, if they would serve
as well in your small gardens. Your garden areas are so limited that
they should be re-spaded each season, and the grass paths are a great
bother in this work. Of course, a gravel path makes a fine appearance,
but again you may not have gravel at your command. It is possible for
any of you to dig out the path for two feet. Then put in six inches of
stone or clinker. Over this, pack in the dirt, rounding it slightly
toward the centre of the path. There should never be depressions through
the central part of paths, since these form convenient places for water
to stand. The under layer of stone makes a natural drainage system.

"A building often needs the help of vines or flowers or both to tie it
to the grounds in such a way as to form a harmonious whole. Vines lend
themselves well to this work. It is better to plant a perennial vine,
and so let it form a permanent part of your landscape scheme. The
Virginia creeper, wistaria, honeysuckle, a climbing rose, the clematis
and trumpet vine are all most satisfactory.

"Just close your eyes and picture a house of natural colour, that mellow
gray of the weathered shingles. Now add to this old house a purple
wistaria. Can you see the beauty of it? I shall not forget soon a rather
ugly corner of my childhood home, where the dining room and kitchen met.
Just there climbing over, and falling over a trellis was a trumpet vine.
It made beautiful an awkward angle, an ugly bit of carpenter work.

"Of course, the morning-glory is an annual vine, as is the moon-vine and
wild cucumber. Now, these have their special function. For often,
especially in school work, it is necessary to cover an ugly thing for
just a time, until the better things and better times come. The annual
is 'the chap' for this work.

"Along an old fence a hop vine is a thing of beauty. One might try to
rival the woods' landscape work. For often one sees festooned from one
rotted tree to another the ampelopsis vine.

"Flowers may well go along the side of the building, or bordering a
walk. In general, though, keep the front lawn space open and unbroken by
beds. What lovelier in early spring than a bed of daffodils close to the
house? Hyacinths and tulips, too, form a blaze of glory. These are
little or no bother, and start the spring aright. One may make of some
bulbs an exception to the rule of unbroken front lawn. Snowdrops and
crocuses planted through the lawn are beautiful. They do not disturb the
general effect, but just blend with the whole. One expert bulb gardener
says to take a basketful of bulbs in the fall, walk about your grounds,
and just drop bulbs out here and there. Wherever the bulbs drop, plant
them. Such small bulbs as those we plant in lawns should be in groups of
four to six. Daffodils may be thus planted, too. You all remember the
grape hyacinths that grow all through Katharine's side yard.

"The place for a flower garden is generally at the side or rear of the
house. The backyard garden is a lovely idea, is it not? Who wishes to
leave a beautiful looking front yard, turn the corner of a house, and
find a dump heap? Not I. The flower garden may be laid out formally in
neat little beds, or it may be more of a careless, hit-or-miss sort.
Both have their good points. Great masses of bloom are attractive.

"You should have in mind some notion of the blending of colour. Nature
appears not to consider this at all, and still gets wondrous effects.
This is because of the tremendous amount of her perfect background of
green, and the limitlessness of her space, while we are confined at the
best to relatively small areas. So we should endeavour not to blind
people's eyes with clashes of colours which do not at close range blend
well. In order to break up extremes of colours you can always use masses
of white flowers, or something like mignonette, which is in effect
green.

"The old-fashioned flowers are lovely--sweet William, phlox,
old-fashioned pinks, petunia, verbena, zinnia, marigold, mignonette, and
poppy are always dear and sweet. Hollyhocks are charming. They represent
a kind of guard for the garden. Stand this hollyhock phalanx up against
a wall like naughty boys, close to the house, or by an old fence. They
are so tall that they must be in the background. They grace it.
Otherwise they would overtop and shadow the other garden plants. If
there is an old ash pile, an old dump or anything else unsightly, plant
something tall before it. Hollyhocks would not do for this, since their
foliage is too scanty. Castor beans are just the thing, however; and
sunflowers, the old giant ones, are good, too. A screen is for
screening, so that the foliage is of first consideration.

"A wild-flower garden is a good scheme, too. What is lovelier? Bank in a
north corner full of these. Hepatica, columbines, anenome, bellflower,
butterfly weed, turtle head and aster represent wild flowers which bloom
from March through October. I can see that north corner now. Miriam has
planned to have one, and has really done the work this fall.

"The water garden is another good thing to try with just the right
setting. A place at the end of a slope of land, near some drooping
trees, a bit shaded would be right. The garden Philip made is a pattern
for you all to follow.

"Finally, let us sum up our landscape lesson. The grounds are a setting
for the house or buildings. Open, free lawn spaces, a tree or a proper
group well placed, flowers which do not clutter up the front yard,
groups of shrubbery--these are points to be remembered. The paths
should lead somewhere, and be either straight or well curved. If one
starts with a formal garden, one should not mix the informal with it
before the work is done.

"At one time we said a little about poor taste in garden furnishings.
Painted kettles, old drain pipes, whitewashed bricks, and edgings of
shells seemed to us then a bit fussy and crude. So, too, is a summer
house stuck out on the front lawn, a rustic seat all by itself in an
open spot, an archway which forms an arch over nothing. The summer house
should be placed in the side yard, or in the rear in a spot where trees
lend it a background. If its use is that of a resting spot for your
mother, she certainly would not wish it right out on the front lawn. If
the house is for children to play in, then again it is not for the front
of the house. An appropriate place is near the garden where it makes a
cool place to rest after labour, a spot from which to view the beauties
of the garden, and a charming place to serve afternoon tea.

"A good general plan to follow in this landscape work is to see what
natural charms your place has, and then try to increase and help these.
'Help Nature' is a good watchword. Even though the garden plan is to be
a formal one, the natural resources and setting of your place should be
kept in mind. The little we did last year on the school grounds was a
bit of landscape garden work. I did not call it that to you then, for if
I had you would have been scared off. Philip's work in his backyard was
of the same nature. The girls' flower garden was a bit of formal work. I
guess, too, the outdoor bulb planting which Albert scorned might come
under the same head. So you see you have been landscape gardeners
without knowing it. To continue to be, all we have to do is to go on
somewhat along the general lines I have spoken of to-night. Different
committees have prepared a number of tables which should help you much
in matters of selection."

               GARDEN OF CONSTANT BLOOM BY MONTHS
    --------------------------------------------------------------
      NAME       COLOUR    HEIGHT      SPECIAL POINTS
    --------------------------------------------------------------
    _March_

     Columbine   Red       1 ft.  Grows on rocky places. Graceful
                                   flower.

     Hepatica    White     6 in.  Early spring flower. Ready to blossom
                 Blue              under the snow. Last year's
                 Pink              leaves shelter flower.

     Saxifrage   White     8 in.  Grows in rocky, sandy places.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------
    _April_

     Bluebell    Blue      16 in. Likes rock soil and sun.

     Dwarf Iris  Blue      1 ft.  A good border plant. Does not
                                   require any special soil. Spreads.

     Moss Pink   Pink      6 in.  Likes full sun. Spreads rapidly.

     Violet      Blue      6 in.  Good soil. Plant in either sun or
                                   shade.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------
    _May_

    Lily-of-     White     9 in.   Grows under trees, spreads rapidly.
     the-Valley                     Flowers fragrant. Cut flower effect.

    German Iris  Different 2 ft.   The best of flags for general planting
                                    purposes.
    Forget-      Blue      low     Thrives on moist soil. Planted with
     me-not                         tulips follows them in bloom.

    Chinese      Different 4 ft.   The earliest of peonies. Good in
     Peony                          borders.

    Myrtle       Blue      low     Grows even in shade and poorly
                                    drained soils. Spreads rapidly.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------
    _June_

    Bleeding     Pink      2 ft.   A hardy plant. Needs moist, good
     Heart                          soil. Good border plant.

    Foxglove     Purple    4 ft.   Perennial which self sows. Effective
                                    in backgrounds. Likes shade.

    Garden Peony Crimson   3 ft.   The real old-fashioned peony. Good
                                    border plant. Large blossoms.

    Larkspur     Blue      4 ft.   Good for borders and  backgrounds.
                                    The finest of blue flowers.

    Sweet        Different 2 ft.   A self sewing perennial. Bright
     William                        colours. Good for massing. Sweet
                                    and constant bloomer.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------
    _July_

    Baby's       White     3 ft.   Grows in rocky soil. Use for formal
     Breath                         bouquets.

    Butterfly    Orange    2 ft.   Likes full sunlight and dry soil. Fine
     Weed                           colour effect.

    Perennial    Different 2-5 ft. Good for borders and cut flowers.
     Phlox
    Spiked       Pink      3 ft.   Belongs in wet swamp lands. Will
     Loosestrife                    grow in borders.

    Hollyhock    Different 6 ft.   Use for backgrounds and borders.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------
    _August_

    Aster, New   Blue      4 ft.   Grows in any soil. The best of tall
     England                        asters.

    Golden Glow  Yellow    6 ft.   Grows in any soil and spreads rapidly.
                                    Good background.

    Japanese     White     Climber Rapid flowering vine. Use on trellis.
     Clematis                       Sweet flowers.

    Sunflower    Yellow    6 ft.   Fine for backgrounds and screens.
                                    Any dry soil.

    Turtle Head  Rose      2 ft.   Flowers on spikes. Any soil, but wet
                 Purple             preferred.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------
    _September_

    Hardy        White     6 ft.   Blooms till frost. Blossom heads
     Hydrangea                      effective.

    Japanese     Carmine   3 ft.   Good border plant. Blossoms last
     Anemone                        till frost.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------


    ---------------------------------------------------------------------
    WATER AND BOG PLANTS
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------
    COMMON NAME    SCIENTIFIC NAME         SPECIAL POINTS
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------
    Arrowhead    _Sagittaria latifolia_    One of the most popular water
                                             plants. Spreads badly.

    Arum (water)    _Calla palustris_      Popular water plant. Grows
                                             less than 1 ft. high. Blooms
                                             in June.

    Blue Flag    _Iris versicolor_         Grows from 2-3 ft. high. Grows
                                             in bogs and gardens.

    Cat-tail     _Typha latifolia_         Grows to 8 ft. or more. Spreads
                                             rapidly.

    Floating Heart   _Limnanthemum          Grows less than 1 ft.  high.
                      nymphoides_            Good plant for a pond.
                                             Spreads readily.

    Forget-me-not   _Myosotis Palustris_   Grows less than 1 ft. high.
                                             Prefers half-shady places.

    Lotus, American   _Nelumbo lutea_      Good for a pond.

    Marsh Marigold  _Caltha palustris_    Grows 1-1/2 ft. high. Blooms
                                            in May.

    Pickerel Weed    _Pontederia          Grows 3-4 ft. high. Blooms in
                        cordata_           July.

    Pitcher Plant  _Darlingtonia          Grows less than 1 ft. Good for
                       Californica_       bog planting.

    Sweet Flag    _Acorus Calamus_        Height is 2 ft. Flowers in early
                                            summer.

    Water-lily    _Nymphaea odorata_      Sweet-scented, most popular
                                             water-lily.

    Water Mint    _Mentha Aquatica_       One of the popular mint family.
                                             Low growing.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                     FOUR WATER-LILIES FOR BEGINNERS
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------
    NAME                           COLOUR    SPECIAL POINTS
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------
    _Nymphaea Gladstoniana_    White    This is a hardy variety
          "  _Marliacea_       Yellow     "     "     "     "
          "  _dentata_         White    Tender, night blooming plant
          "  _Zanzibariensis_  Blue     Tender, day blooming plant.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                      WATER-LILIES FOR SMALL PONDS
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                NAME                           |COLOUR |REQUIRED DEPTH
                                               |       |   OF WATER
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------
    _Nymphoea alba_ (hardy)               | White |More than 2 ft.
        "    _tuberosa_ (hardy)           | White | "    "    "
        "    _Marliacea rosea_ (hardy)    | Pink  | "    "    "
        "    _odorata_, var. _minor_      |White  |Less than 1 ft.
                  (hardy)                 |       |
        "    _tetragona_ (hardy)          |Yellow |  "   "    "
        "    _Laydekeri_, var.            |Pink   |  "   "    "
                 _rosea_ (hardy)          |       |
        "    _Zanzibariensis_ (tender)    |White  |  "   "    "
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------
    NOTE:--Any of these forms may be grown in from 1 to 2 ft. of water.


    ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 TREE TABLE
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------
         NAME       |HEIGHT |                SPECIAL POINTS
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------
    Carolina Poplar |100 ft.|Grows in a dry soil. Fastest growing street
                    |       | tree. Its dropping fruit is a nuisance.
                    |       | Sheds leaves early.

    Catalpa         |50ft.  |Lovely white blossoms in June. Seed pods
                    |       | stay on into winter. Quick growing.
                    |       | Good lawn tree.

    English Hawthorn|30ft.  |Flowers in June. Red berries. Grows on
                    |       | dry soils. Slow grower. Sharp thorns.

    Linden          |90ft.  |Easy to grow. Fragrant flowers. Rapid
                    |       | grower. European species smaller than
                    |       | American.

    Live Oak        |100 ft.|Not hardy in the North. Grows south of
                    |       | Virginia. Beautiful evergreen oak. Likes
                    |       | moist soil.

    Locust          |80ft.  |Fragrant flowers in May and June. Rapid
                    |       | grower. Seeds in pods. Thorny bark.

    Lombardy Poplar |90ft.  |Quick grower. Stiff, straight and tall.
                    |       | Dignified but melancholy tree. Fine for
                    |       | pathway effect.

    Norway Maple    |100 ft.|Tall, well rounded tree. Yellow foliage in
                    |       | the fall.

    Pin Oak         |100 ft.|Fastest grower among oaks. You cannot
                    |       | grow plants under it.

    Red Maple       |100 ft.|Earliest flowering maple. Good for lowlands.
                    |       | Bright red foliage in the fall.

    Sugar Maple     |100 ft.|Moist soil. Bright foliage in the fall. Best
                    |       | street tree among maples.

    Horse Chestnut  |60 ft. |Fine white flowers in June. Attractive buds
                    |       | and leaves. Foliage grows very dense.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------




XIII

HOW BOYS AND GIRLS CAN MAKE MONEY FROM THEIR GARDENS


Naturally, we are all interested in ways and means of earning money. It
is not a bad thing at all for a boy or girl to wish to turn work into
cash. Not always is it possible for one to find a market next door for
products. No, it is rarely as easy a matter as that. One has to really
work a bit.

"Let me tell you one boy's story. This lad, let us call him Newton, had
a nice vegetable and flower garden. He had worked so hard over it, it
did seem to him as if he ought to be able to sell some of his produce.
One day he loaded a little cart with vegetables and went down the street
to a corner market. I imagine he went in a half-hearted sort of way. The
market-man was busy and he spoke a bit roughly to the boy. But Newton
went on to another store. He received the same sort of treatment there.
This time he gave up discouraged and went home. His mother was not
discouraged. She showed him how he should have made his vegetables,
wagon and all, look more attractive.

"So Newton went to work again. He scrubbed his radishes and new carrots
until they shone. He bunched them up into neat little bundles. Then the
lettuce came in for its washing and cleaning. Thus he treated all the
vegetables. Then he printed a sign 'Fresh Vegetables For Sale' and
started off again. This time he went to the largest hotel in the little
city in which he lived. There he was sent to the cook. This big,
good-natured fellow said that he would look at his stuff. 'Looks good to
me,' said the cook, 'it really looks like home-grown things,'
Straightway he bought a good part of what Newton had and there and then
made arrangements for daily deliveries of certain vegetables.

"The lesson from Newton's experience is this: in order to sell, you must
put your wares in attractive shape. Who wishes to buy dirty radishes or
droopy looking lettuce? No one is willing to pay decent prices. Putting
materials in such condition that all the good points speak loudly at
first, is one way to attract notice and sell later. If you find you can
sell by shipping your goods the same points hold true.

"Another way to make money is to raise young plants for sale. Jack did
this with his aster plants. Lots of people wish their garden plants
partly started. They either do not have the interest, or else they have
not the time for initial work. Asters, stock, tomatoes, lettuce,
cabbage, pepper, celery--all of these may be started for market
purposes.

"Suppose you have planted tomato seed. You are bound to have more young
plants than you wish. Why not sell them? Suppose Mrs. Jones always buys
hers. Then go to her and ask if she will not buy of you. She may not
believe you can be a very good gardener, so she hesitates. Well, then
just ask her if you cannot bring your little plants around for her to
see when the time comes. Get to work in your best style. Transplant in
little paper cups or strawberry baskets. Then the setting out of the
plants will be very easy and quite a scientific performance. I think you
will sell to Mrs. Jones all right.

"If you really intend to go into this early market side then you should
certainly have a coldframe. You could not blame your mother if she
refused to have the kitchen littered up with old tin cans and boxes all
the spring. Do not be a nuisance at home just to make money.

[Illustration:

Photograph by W.H. Jenkins

Myron Transplanting his Long-rooted Strawberry Plants.


Photograph by Helen W. Cooke

Katherine Transplanting Her Flowers by a Method of Lifting.]


"I know a little girl who raised aster and stock plants, also young
vegetable plants. She had a coldframe. In the spring, when people were
starting their gardens and wondering where they should go for plants,
she fixed up an attractive basket filled with her plants. She asked no
exorbitant price, but a fair one for a little girl's good work. One year
she bought herself a dressing table from her garden earnings. I think
that well worth while. Don't you?

"Another way to make money from your garden is to sell your seed. I do
not think any of you will be at all likely to try to rival the seed
houses. But I am sure that you can supply certain seeds for your own
fathers and mothers.

"Such seed as those of radish, lettuce and turnip you would not save. It
is better to buy them. But surely you can make some pretty good
selections for seed corn. I believe you can manage beans, peas, melons,
pumpkins, potatoes and squash. Then we have, I believe, learned from the
school flower garden how to select seed. Nasturtium seed may always be
saved, dried and put into its own envelope. This will be found to be
true, that seeds saved from our own flower garden often do not give
satisfactory results as time goes on. The plants and flowers after a few
seasons seem to spindle out. In the large seed gardens the varieties of
flowers raised are either many or cross-pollination is carried on.

"In putting up your seeds in envelopes give a few cultural directions
on them; that is, tell how to plant the special seed. Also, put on when
to plant and the proper soil conditions under which planting should go
on. If the seeds are those of flowers add information concerning height,
colour of blossom, and time of blossoming. Someone might like to know
also if the seed was that of an annual, biennial or perennial plant.
Think out a neat, attractive way to fix these envelopes. If you do not
wish to sell them, they will serve as nice Christmas gifts.

"Among the garden trappings which we made last winter are things you
could easily sell. Such a plant stand as Jack made for his own room is
certainly marketable. Make samples of your wares and then take orders
for them. Again, these represent Christmas gifts, too.

"Rustic seats, a woven mat of corn husks to kneel on when weeding, a bit
of nice trellis work, a little tool house are all possible pieces of
work.

"I saw once what a boy called his handy boxes. These were wooden boxes,
with hinged covers and handles, so that they might be carried about. One
was for seeds. This box had partitions inside, and all the different
envelopes of seeds were arranged in the different cubby holes. Another
box had garden accessories. The word sounds interesting. It means all
the little extras needed in the work. Labels, small stakes, a garden
reel, measure, knife, cord, note book, pencil--all were in the box, all
were things which the boy often used. You can make variations on these.
But a box which may be carried about has advantages over one that is
screwed up in the tool house.

"I believe the flower-gathering basket would sell well. It is not that
it is a rather picturesque sort of Englishy custom to go out and pick
flowers with a pretty basket tucked under one's arm, but it is very
inconvenient, very hot work, and very mussy, to have to hold bunches of
flowers in the hand as one gathers.

"In some places where there are summer colonies it is possible to sell
bunches of flowers. I knew of a case where big bunches of sweet peas
were brought to the hotel every morning. These sold for ten and fifteen
cents the bunch and went like hot cakes.

"The girls may think of all sorts of wicker mats and trays that would
make the garden tea more attractive. One ought to think of the aesthetic
side.

"I have not mentioned working for others. Hire yourself out. Let it be
known that you can and will weed, mow lawns, plant and transplant for so
much per hour. Someone may be going off for a few weeks; see to it that
you are the boy or girl to be employed. Prove yourself faithful.

"In the winter make garden utensils and also attend to the bulb end of
it. At Christmas time you could do a big business.

"Someone might make and bottle kerosene emulsion. Paste on each bottle
directions for using. Print very neatly, so it will look well.

"There are doubtless many other ways of making money. But, above all, do
not neglect the other side; give away some things from your garden and
some of your labour, too. If all you think of is the making of money the
soul and heart of you all will get as small and shrivelled as a dry pea.
Who wants to be stingy? Better never to make money than to grow like
that. Don't let people pay you for everything you do. Do certain things
for mother and father for nothing. The home garden is as much theirs as
yours. Wouldn't it be ludicrous if your mother said, 'No, Katharine, you
cannot have those flowers to carry to school unless you pay ten cents
for them,' How cross you would be! Just as absurd, is it not, for you
to suggest that you cannot work on that same garden unless you receive
ten cents an hour? No, that is all wrong. And if any one of you feels
that way do one of two things--either sit down and be ashamed for a
good, long time and think of all the things done freely for you; or else
go take all the money in your own little bank at home, buy something
your mother wants, and give it, being glad, so glad you can get rid of
what you have been so stingy about.

"Give flowers to the poor, the sick at home and the sick in hospitals,
the church, the people you love, the people you think you don't love,
and the people who seem lonely and forlorn.

"Once upon a time there was made a wondrous garden. It was called the
earth. The flowers, the trees, the plants which afterwards became
through man's skill our staple products--all these were free, absolutely
free.

"If this is a true story, how can we be so small as always to make money
from this garden? Let us pay our debt to it freely and gladly.

"This is our last talk. Some of you already have started your early
vegetables and flowers. Instead of one coldframe we have four in our
family and one belongs to a girl.

"It is going to be a better year of gardening than before. Leston is
with us now. Another season there will be others. The school grounds
look well, and if you have noticed the entire village looks a little
better than ever before.

"We will shake hands all around. In a few weeks we shall have hands
quite dirty with good old garden soil. You may take your stools and
benches off with you, or leave them all here."

"We shall leave them," said Eloise; "for I am coming back often to sit
on my little cricket right on your hearth."

"I am a little large for a cricket," went on Albert; "but I'd not quit
this hearthstone, so my stool stays."

"And mine, too," each one added.

Off they trooped again, some down the country road, some up the road,
others across the fields, and George, as usual, on his old horse. They
shouted until out of sight.

"The best things in the world," the man murmured as he stepped out into
the open and drew into his lungs deep breaths of the fresh spring air.